Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Insurance - Life / Power Financial Corp

Power Financial Corp

pwf · TSX Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker pwf
Exchange TSX
Sector Financial Services
Industry Insurance - Life
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2014 Annual Report · Power Financial Corp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2

0

1

4

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

P

O

W

E

R

F

I

N

A

N

C

I

A

L

C

O

R

P

O

R

A

T

I

O

N

2014  
Annual  
Report

 
 
 
 
This Annual Report is intended to provide shareholders and 

other interested persons with selected information concerning 

Power Financial Corporation. For further information concerning 

the Corporation, shareholders and other interested persons 

should consult the Corporation’s disclosure documents, such 

as its Annual Information Form and Management’s Discussion 

and Analysis. Copies of the Corporation’s continuous disclosure 

documents can be obtained from the Corporation’s website 

at www.powerfinancial.com, from www.sedar.com, or from 

the Office of the Secretary at the addresses shown at the end 

of this report.

Readers should also review the note further in this report, in the 

section entitled Review of Financial Performance, concerning the 

use of Forward-Looking Statements, which applies to the entirety 

of this Annual Report.

In addition, selected information concerning the business, 

operations, financial condition, financial performance, priorities, 

ongoing objectives, strategies and outlook of Power Financial 

Corporation’s subsidiaries and associates is derived from public 

information published by such subsidiaries and associates and 

is provided here for the convenience of the shareholders of 

Power Financial Corporation. For further information concerning 

such subsidiaries and associates, shareholders and other 

interested persons should consult the websites of, and other 

publicly available information published by, such subsidiaries 

and associates.

All figures mentioned in this report are as of December 31, 2014 

unless otherwise noted.

NON-IFRS FINANCIAL MEASURES AND PRESENTATION

In analyzing the financial results of the Corporation and consistent 

with the presentation in previous years, net earnings attributable 

to common shareholders are presented in the section Results 

of Power Financial Corporation in the Review of Financial 

Performance and are comprised of:

FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
[IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLLARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS]

2014

2013

Revenues

41,775

28,830

Operating earningsŠ[1] – attributable to 

common shareholders

Operating earningsŠ[1] – per common share

Net earnings – attributable to 

common shareholders

Net earnings – per common share

Dividends declared – per common share

2,105

2.96

2,136

3.00

1.40

1,708

2.40

1,896

2.67

1.40

•  operating earnings attributable to common shareholders; and

Consolidated assets

373,843

341,682

•  other items or non-operating earnings, which include the 

after-tax impact of any item that in management’s judgment 

would make the period-over-period comparison of results 

from operations less meaningful. Other items also include the 

Corporation’s share of any such item presented in a comparable 

manner by a subsidiary or a jointly controlled corporation 

or associate.

Management uses these financial measures in its presentation 

and analysis of the financial performance of Power Financial, and 

believes that they provide additional meaningful information 

to readers in their analysis of the results of the Corporation. 

Operating earnings, as defined by the Corporation, assist the 

reader in comparing the current period’s results to those of 

previous periods as items that are not part of ongoing activities 

are excluded from this non-IFRS measure. 

Operating earnings attributable to common shareholders and 

operating earnings per share are non-IFRS financial measures that 

do not have a standard meaning and may not be comparable to 

similar measures used by other entities. For a reconciliation of 

these non-IFRS measures to results reported in accordance with 

Consolidated assets and assets  

under management

Shareholders’ equity

Total equity

Book value per common share

Common shares outstanding (in millions)

709,406

639,161

17,019

28,902

20.29

711.7

15,993

26,934

18.61

711.2

[¢1]  Non-IFRS financial measures. Please refer to the reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures 

to financial measures in accordance with IFRS in the Review of Financial Performance.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GROUP ORGANIZATION CHART 2

DIRECTORS’ REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS 4 

IFRS, see the Results of Power Financial Corporation – Earnings 

RESPONSIBLE MANAGEMENT 10 

Summary – Condensed Supplementary Statements of Earnings 

section further in this report.

ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations are used throughout this 

report: Power Financial Corporation (Power Financial or the 

Corporation); Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company 

(Great-West Life & Annuity or Great-West Financial); Great-West  

2014 AT A GLANCE 12

GREAT-WEST LIFECO 18

IGM FINANCIAL 20

PARGESA GROUP 22

Lifeco Inc. (Great-West Lifeco or Lifeco); Groupe Bruxelles Lambert 

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 24

(GBL); IGM Financial Inc. (IGM Financial or IGM); Investment 

Planning Counsel Inc. (Investment Planning Counsel); Investors 

Group Inc. (Investors Group); Irish Life Group Limited (Irish 

Life); Lafarge SA (Lafarge); London Life Insurance Company 

(London Life); Mackenzie Financial Corporation (Mackenzie 

or Mackenzie Investments); Pargesa Holding SA (Pargesa); 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

AND NOTES 44

FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY 113

BOARD OF DIRECTORS 114

Parjointco N.V. (Parjointco); Power Corporation of Canada (Power 

OFFICERS 115

Corporation); Putnam Investments, LLC (Putnam Investments 

or Putnam); SGS SA (SGS); Suez Environnement Company 

(Suez Environnement); The Canada Life Assurance Company 

(Canada Life); The Great-West Life Assurance Company 

(Great-West Life); Total SA (Total). In addition, IFRS refers to 

International Financial Reporting Standards.

CORPORATE INFORMATION 116

THIS IS 
POWER 
FINANCIAL

THROUGH GREAT-WEST LIFECO AND IGM FINANCIAL

$709 BILLION 
of assets under 
management

$1.2 TRILLION 
of assets under 
administration

24,000 
employees and 
11,600  
financial advisors

$2.1 BILLION  
of net earnings 
attributable to  
common shareholders

25 MILLION 
customers and 
retirement plan 
participants

$41.8 BILLION 
of revenue

15.1%  
return on equity [1]

THROUGH THE PARGESA GROUP

Significant shareholdings in  
six leading European-based multinationals

[1] Return on equity is calculated using operating earnings.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

1

GROUP ORGANIZATION CHART

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

67.2% 

 GREAT-WEST LIFECO

4.0%

2014 operating and net earnings attributable  
to common shareholders
$2,546 MILLION
2014 return on shareholders’ equity
15.7%
Total assets under administration
$1,063 BILLION

100%

 100% [1]

100%

100%

100%

100%

GREAT-WEST  

PUTNAM

GREAT-WEST

LONDON LIFE

CANADA LIFE

IRISH LIFE

FINANCIAL 

INVESTMENTS

LIFE 

2

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

58.8%

IGM FINANCIAL

3.7%

2014 net earnings  
available to  
common shareholders
$753 MILLION

2014 return on 
shareholders’ equity 
17.8%

2014 operating earnings 
available to  
common shareholders
$826 MILLION

Total assets 
under management 
$142 BILLION

100% 

100% 

97.1% 

INVESTORS  

MACKENZIE 

GROUP

INVESTMENTS

INVESTMENT 

PLANNING 

COUNSEL

 PARGESA[2]

2014 net earnings
SF637 MILLION
2014 operating earnings
SF339 MILLION
Net asset value
SF8.9 BILLION

   50.0% [3]

GROUPE 

BRUXELLES LAMBERT

Percentages denote participating equity 
interest as at December 31, 2014.

Return on shareholders’ equity is 
calculated using operating earnings.

Operating earnings is a non-IFRS 
financial measure.

[1]  Denotes voting interest.

[2]  Through its wholly owned subsidiary, 

Power Financial Europe B.V., Power 
Financial held a 50% interest in 
Parjointco. Parjointco held a voting 
interest of 75.4% and an equity interest 
of 55.5% in Pargesa.

[3]  Representing 52% of the voting rights.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

3

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 
TO SHAREHOLDERS

Power Financial reported the 

highest earnings in its history in 

2014, driven by strong financial 

results reported by its subsidiaries. 

The record earnings resulted from 

increased business volumes, higher 

market levels and the benefits of 

acquisition activity.

Great-West Lifeco substantially completed the integration of Irish Life in 2014. Irish Life has 

surpassed the synergy, profitability and market share goals established at the time of the 

acquisition in 2013.

Great-West Lifeco also acquired J.P. Morgan’s U.S.-based Retirement Plan Services business in 

2014, and then combined it with the existing retirement businesses of Great-West Financial and 

Putnam Investments to create Empower Retirement. Empower is now the second-largest defined 

contribution retirement provider in the United States and serves over seven million Americans in 

401(k) and similar retirement plans.

At IGM Financial, Investors Group’s consultant-driven financial planning model continued to deliver 

high value to its clients in 2014, as evidenced by its outstanding client satisfaction scores. The 

consultant network continues to grow, now surpassing 5,000 consultants in number, the largest ever. 

These factors contributed to strong sales of mutual funds and other products and low redemption 

rates, resulting in a record level of client assets under management.

4

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

Mackenzie Investments, also part of IGM Financial, continued to invest in a number of key initiatives 

in 2014 to execute on its new investor-focused vision and strategy. The product line-up was 

revitalized, pricing was simplified and significant talent was 

added to an already strong investment team.

During 2014, Lafarge, one of the principal investments 

held by Pargesa, announced plans to merge with Holcim 

to create LafargeHolcim, the most advanced group in the 

building materials industry worldwide. LafargeHolcim will 

operate in 90 countries upon closing of the transaction.

The companies in our group benefit from strong 

balance sheets, enabling them to honour the long-term 

commitments they have made to clients and to invest 

from a position of strength in the people, products and 

technology to serve our clients in the future.

At Power Financial, we continue to develop our active 

governance model, guiding the growth and development of 

our subsidiary companies through our participation on their 

boards of directors, as a long-term, committed owner.

Our companies also have a long and proud history 

of contributing to the well-being of the communities 

in which they operate. The principles underlying our 

approach in this area are outlined later in this report under 

“Responsible Management.”

FINANCIAL RESULTS

NET EARNINGS ATTRIBUTABLE  
TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

1,468

1,722

1,618

1,896

2,136

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

OPERATING EARNINGS ATTRIBUTABLE  
TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

1,625

1,729

1,678

1,708

2,105

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

Power Financial’s operating earnings attributable to common shareholders for the year ended 

December 31, 2014 were $2,105 million or $2.96 per share, compared with $1,708 million or $2.40 per 

share in 2013.

Other items represented a contribution of $31 million in 2014, compared with $188 million in 2013.

Net earnings attributable to common shareholders were $2,136 million or $3.00 per share, compared 

with $1,896 million or $2.67 per share in 2013.

Dividends declared by Power Financial totalled $1.40 per common share in 2014, unchanged from 2013.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

5

DIRECTORS’ REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS

RESULTS OF GROUP COMPANIES

G R E AT- W E S T   L I F E C O

Great-West  Lifeco’s  operating  earnings  attributable  to  common  shareholders  were  $2.5  billion  or 

$2.549 per share in 2014, compared with $2.1 billion or $2.108 per share in 2013.

Net earnings attributable to common shareholders were $2.5 billion or $2.549 per common share, 

compared with $2.3 billion or $2.340 per common share a year ago.

Great-West Lifeco maintained a strong return on equity (ROE) of 15.7 per cent, based on both 

operating and net earnings for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014.

The Minimum Continuing Capital and Surplus Requirements (MCCSR) ratio for Great-West Life 

was 224 per cent on a consolidated basis at December 31, 2014. This measure of capital strength is 

slightly higher than the upper end of Great-West Life’s target operating range of 175-215 per cent.

In 2014, Great-West Lifeco’s companies grew organically and through acquisitions in their target 

segments, while investing in initiatives that will strengthen the businesses and position them for 

growth in the years to come. Through their continued focus on growth, Great-West Lifeco achieved 

a major milestone in 2014—over $1 trillion in assets under administration.

I G M   F I N A N C I A L

Operating earnings available to common shareholders, excluding other items, were $826 million or 

$3.27 per share in 2014, compared with $764 million or $3.02 per share in 2013.

Net earnings available to common shareholders were $753 million or $2.98 per share in 2014, 

compared with $762 million or $3.02 per share in 2013.

Total assets under management at December 31, 2014 totalled $142 billion, compared with 

$132 billion at December 31, 2013, an increase of 7.7 per cent.

IGM Financial continues to build its business through its extensive network of distribution 

opportunities, delivering high-quality advice and innovative, flexible solutions for investors. 

The company's investment in technology and operations continues to help it manage its resources 

effectively and develop long-term growth in the business.

6

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

PA R G E S A

Pargesa’s operating earnings were SF339 million in 2014, compared with SF251 million in 2013. 

Including non-operating earnings consisting primarily of gains on the partial disposals by GBL of 

its interests in Total and in Suez Environnement, Pargesa’s net earnings in 2014 were SF637 million, 

compared with SF394 million in 2013.

In addition to its strategic holdings, GBL is developing an incubator-type 

portfolio comprised of: interests of smaller size in a limited number of listed and 

unlisted companies — these investments would be smaller commitments than 

the strategic holdings — and investments in private equity and other funds where 

GBL acts as an anchor investor.

Albert Frère has announced that he will step down as Director and CEO of 

GBL and will not seek another term as Vice-Chairman and Executive Director 

of Pargesa. Mr. Frère has worked in partnership with Power Corporation and 

Power Financial since 1981 and has been a key player in the growth and success 

of Pargesa and GBL for more than three decades. Power Financial would like 

to acknowledge and thank Albert Frère for his exceptional contribution to 

the group.

GOVERNANCE

The companies in our 

group benefit from 

strong balance sheets, 

enabling them to 

honour the long-term 

commitments they 

have made to clients 

and to invest from a 

position of strength in 

the people, products 

and technology to 

serve our clients in 

the future.

In March 2015, the Corporation’s Board of Directors adopted a Board and 

Senior Management Diversity Policy, expressing its belief in increased diversity 

on boards and in business in general. The Board recognizes that gender diversity is a significant 

aspect of diversity and acknowledges the important role of women in contributing to diversity of 

perspective in the boardroom and in senior management roles.

As part of its ongoing commitment to effective governance, the Corporation has enhanced its Board 

assessment process by implementing a formal Board effectiveness survey, which is completed by 

each of the Directors. The survey assists the Board and its committees in assessing their overall 

performance and in continuing to improve their deliberations and decision-making process.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

7

DIRECTORS’ REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS

CANADA’S RETIREMENT SYSTEM – THE CRISIS THAT WASN’T!

The vast majority of Canadians are on track to sustain their standard of living in retirement. A recent 

study by the global consulting firm McKinsey & Company concludes that 83 per cent of Canadians 

are on track and well prepared. McKinsey’s work is based upon the most comprehensive survey 

and analysis of Canadians’ financial affairs ever done. And yet, numerous surveys also show that a 

majority of Canadians believe they will not have enough income in retirement.

There are a number of possible reasons for the major gap between perception and reality. These 

include lingering fear created by the financial crisis, pension plans reporting funding challenges 

due to persistent low interest rates, and the financial services industry’s call to Canadians for 

more savings.

Many groups in society are advocating for universal solutions to the "pension crisis," such as an 

increase in the benefits of the Canada Pension Plan, or the creation of an Ontario Retirement 

Pension Plan.

These universal pension proposals, while well intentioned, may have some serious negative 

consequences. By forcing everyone to save more, they reduce today’s standard of living, hurting in 

particular lower- and middle-income Canadians, whose future consumption in retirement is already 

well provided for through existing programs.

To be clear, there are issues to be addressed in the Canadian retirement system. While our balanced 

system has resulted in Canada having one of the strongest retirement systems in the world, there 

are still a number of groups in Canadian society who are not faring well.

The research shows that to be effective the solutions need to be specific and targeted. There are 

three areas where focus could materially reduce the number of people ill prepared for retirement: 

facilitating low-cost workplace savings plans for Canadians who work at smaller employers; 

addressing anomalies in existing government programs that are punitive to single people in old age; 

and creating collective solutions to help Canadians manage the financial challenge of outliving their 

individual savings.

Fact-based and targeted solutions to Canada’s specific retirement challenges will leave the country 

in the best financial position to tackle other significant challenges yet to be addressed, such as 

funding future health care costs for an ever-aging Canadian population.

8

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

THE POWER FINANCIAL GROUP

In March of 2015, Power Financial announced that it was increasing the quarterly dividend payable to 

its common shareholders by 6.4 per cent to $0.3725 per share. This was the first dividend increase 

by the Corporation since the start of the financial crisis in the fall of 2008. Record earnings in 2014, 

recent dividend increases by the Corporation’s principal subsidiaries and positive momentum in the 

underlying businesses all contributed to the Board’s decision to increase the dividend.

Our financial services businesses are focused upon providing financial security and peace of mind 

to millions of people through various investment, retirement and insurance solutions. These are 

provided to our clients through one-on-one relationships with their financial advisors and through 

workplace programs. Excellence and innovation in products and services and value to the customer 

are critical factors in meeting client needs. Financial strength and the ability to honour long-term 

commitments are equally important.

The need for these products and services is expected to continue to grow in the future. The 

strategies being pursued by our group companies to serve these growing markets are focused 

upon organic growth, based upon delivering ever-improving client outcomes and experiences. 

Acquisitions are expected to continue to complement these strategies as opportunities arise.

Power Financial and its subsidiaries are committed to creating long-term value for shareholders 

based upon the success of our clients, our employees and our business partners, while contributing 

positively to the communities in which we operate.

Your Directors wish to express gratitude, on behalf of all shareholders, for the important contribution 

of the management and employees of our Corporation and its associated companies to the 

successful results achieved in 2014.

On behalf of the Board of Directors,

signed, 

R. Jeffrey Orr 

President and 

signed, 

signed,

Paul Desmarais, Jr., o.c., o.q. 

André Desmarais, o.c., o.q.

Executive Co-Chairman 

Executive Co-Chairman 

Chief Executive Officer 

of the Board 

of the Board

March 18, 2015

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

9

RESPONSIBLE 
MANAGEMENT

Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) is 

fundamental to the way we and our group 

companies do business – what we refer to 

as responsible management. Responsible 

management is a core tenet of our business 

philosophy, enabling us to build a resilient 

and sustainable business through our role 

as an investor, employer and contributor to 

the communities where we operate. This 

approach has earned us the confidence of 

our various stakeholders.

UNITED NATIONS  
GLOBAL COMPACT

We further strengthened our commitment 

to responsible management by becoming 

a signatory to the United Nations 

Global Compact (UNGC) in 2014. The 

UNGC is a voluntary strategic policy 

initiative for businesses committed to 

establishing a consistent approach to 

corporate social responsibility within ten 

universally accepted principles in the 

areas of human rights, labour, environment 

and anti-corruption.

ENTRENCHING OUR CSR COMMITMENTS

Over the past year, we made solid progress in strengthening our CSR 

commitments, developing broader relationships with our stakeholders, 

and ensuring transparent communication on our CSR performance.

CREATING VALUE THROUGH 
ACTIVE OWNERSHIP

Our active ownership approach enables 

us to ensure our investments are managed 

Our CSR commitments are now firmly embedded in our Code of 

consistent with our responsible management 

Business Conduct and Ethics and CSR Statement. In 2014, all of our 

philosophy, including our Code of Business 

employees received training on our Code of Business Conduct and 

Conduct and Ethics, our CSR Statement and 

Ethics and acknowledged their compliance with the Code.

our commitment to the UNGC.

The Governance and Nominating Committee of the Board continues 

In 2014, our executives continued to engage 

to provide oversight on the implementation and performance of our 

regularly with the senior management of our 

CSR initiatives, through the leadership of the Vice-President and 

portfolio companies through their respective 

General Counsel.

10 POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION(cid:18) 2014 ANNUAL REPORT

boards of directors, including on CSR matters 

when relevant. We also engaged with our 

group companies to share knowledge and 

best practices on CSR issues that impact our 

business. Many of our group companies also 

continued to enhance their CSR commitments, 

strategic programs, and communications with 

their stakeholders.

INVESTING IN SUSTAINABLE COMPANIES

As long-term investors, we invest in quality companies with 

sustainable franchises, with attractive growth prospects, and that 

are managed in a responsible manner.

We integrate environmental, social and governance factors into 

our investment analysis process, which serve to mitigate risk 

and identify possible growth opportunities. A majority of our 

investments are in companies operating in the financial services 

sector. These companies have their own responsible investment 

approaches, including commitments that align with the United 

Nations-supported Principles for Responsible Investment.

EMPOWERING OUR PEOPLE 

As an employer and investor, we believe the hallmark of great, 

value-creating companies is their ability to attract and retain 

a talented and diverse workforce. Our group companies are 

committed to building teams of truly exceptional people by 

actively supporting a culture of development and performance 

and by creating flexible, balanced workplaces that recognize 

the value of diversity and personal well-being.

FINANCIAL SECURITY 
AND INCLUSION

Our financial services companies 

represent a positive force in society, 

offering financial security through 

life and health insurance, retirement 

savings programs and a suite of 

investment vehicles, including socially 

In 2014, we implemented a new performance and career 

responsible investment funds. These 

management program at Power Financial and provided 

services are making a difference for a 

our employees with access to an Employee and Family 

Assistance Program.

broad spectrum of society in all age 

and income groups – including those 

with lower incomes.

STRENGTHENING RELATIONSHIPS

Engaging with key stakeholders is an integral part of our 

responsible management approach. It enables us to promote 

understanding and trust, and lets us stay connected to those who 

have an interest in our business. We take the necessary time to 

understand and consider our stakeholders’ views in order to build 

strong relationships.

We also continue to strengthen our relationships within the 

communities where we operate. Through our parent company, 

Power Corporation, we invest in the areas of community 

development, arts and culture, the environment, education, 

and health. Over the past year, Power Corporation has 

continued to update its community investment microsite, 

www.powercorporationcommunity.com, which 

showcases some of the exceptional work being 

done by the organizations we support. 

Our officers and employees are also very 

active in both charitable giving and 

volunteering, and sit on the boards of 

a number of non-profit organizations 

they support.

IMPROVING ENVIRONMENTAL 
PERFORMANCE

As a holding company, we have a limited direct 

environmental impact. Our head office has no 

production, manufacturing or service operations. 

Despite this limited impact, our leased head office 

building has an environmental management 

system driven through the Building Owners and 

Managers Association (BOMA) Building and 

Environmental Standards (BESt®) benchmarks 

and supported by our environmental policy. 

Our environmental management programs 

focus on resource conservation, energy 

efficiency and waste management.

In 2014, for the third year in a row, 

our efforts on energy and carbon 

management were recognized through 

the Carbon Disclosure Project.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

11

2014
AT A GLANCE

M A C K E N Z I E   I N V E S T M E N T S

For Power Financial, 2014 

was a year characterized by 

Mackenzie Investments launched LIVE IT™ 

(talkliveit.com), a new framework for 

continued growth and progress. 

investment conversations based on the 

The companies in our group 

consolidated their market reach, 

introduced new products, won 

numerous awards, helped in 

six concerns that investors said matter 

most to them: Longevity, Income, Volatility, 

Estate, Inflation, and Taxes — creating the 

LIVE IT acronym. Investors can use LIVE IT 

resources to guide conversations with their 

the community and broke new 

advisor, helping them to better define their 

ground with social media. 

financial aspirations and find the solutions 

to get them there.

G R E AT- W E S T   F I N A N C I A L   &   P U T N A M   I N V E S T M E N T S

A NEW ERA IN RETIREMENT SERVICES 

In 2014, three highly complementary retirement businesses 

the retirement industry in America. At year-end, the newly 

— Great-West Financial, Putnam Investments and J.P. Morgan 

combined organization emerged as the second-largest 

Retirement Plan Services — came together to create 

retirement services provider in the United States, with  

Empower Retirement. Empower’s goal is simple: to transform 

over seven million participants and US$415 billion in plan assets.

OVER 7 MILLION
participants

US$415 BILLION
in plan assets

I R I S H   L I F E

G R E AT- W E S T   L I F E

UNIQUE CAMPAIGN MARKS  
75 YEARS

CONNECTING WITH 
CUSTOMERS DIGITALLY 

Irish Life, Ireland’s largest life insurance and 

Over one million group insurance 

pension company, celebrated 75 years of looking 

plan members connect to Great-West 

after the financial well-being of Irish citizens with 

Life through its GroupNet and GroupNet 

a national advertising campaign supporting its 

Mobile portals.

integrated business. 

The company continues to add features that make it 

The campaign featured a series of uniquely-Irish 

more convenient and efficient to access services. In 

humorous and insightful facts about Irish life, 

2014, this included an innovative way for plan members 

highlighting the fact that after 75 years, Irish Life  

to easily find out the amount of dental, vision and 

is the company that knows Irish people best.

paramedical benefit dollars they’ve used and the 

amount they have remaining through text message, 

mobile or online.

PENSIONS • INVESTMENTS • LIFE INSURANCE

We know Irish life. We are Irish Life.
We know Irish life. We are Irish Life.
We know Irish life. We are Irish Life.

Facts researched for Irish Life 2014. Irish Life Assurance plc is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland.

PENSIONS • INVESTMENTS • LIFE INSURANCE

We know Irish life. We are Irish Life.

Facts researched for Irish Life 2014. Irish Life Assurance plc is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland.

PENSIONS • INVESTMENTS • LIFE INSURANCE

We know Irish life. We are Irish Life.

Facts researched for Irish Life 2014. Irish Life Assurance plc is regulated by the Central Bank of Ireland.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION(cid:18) 2014 ANNUAL REPORT

13

2014 AT A GLANCE

P U T N A M   I N V E S T M E N T S

DRIVING LONG-TERM 
INVESTMENT 
PERFORMANCE

0n the investment front, Barron’s/Lipper 

named Putnam one of the best mutual 

fund families — No. 6 out of 56 — for the 

five-year period ending December 31, 2014, 

based on investment performance across 

asset classes. Since 2009, Putnam has 

consistently been recognized as a top fund 

family — across multiple time periods — in 

this prestigious annual survey.

G R E AT- W E S T   F I N A N C I A L

FOCUS ON FINANCIAL LITERACY

Great-West Financial combines its 

dollars in matching funds for their volunteer work, 

financial expertise and employees’ 

fundraising and charitable giving in communities 

passions to create meaningful 

around the United States.

community partnerships. The company’s signature 

financial literacy initiative contributed more than 

US$1.1 million in 2014 to train 8,500 teachers and 

provide programs for over 300,000 students in 

the state of Colorado. The firm also reinforced 

its employees’ generosity with over a half-million 

14 POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION(cid:18) 2014 ANNUAL REPORT

P U T N A M   I N V E S T M E N T S

M A C K E N Z I E   I N V E S T M E N T S

MARKETPLACE 
MOMENTUM CONTINUES

Putnam’s growing body of strong 

mutual fund performance is increasingly 

attracting attention in the marketplace. 

The firm experienced notable net inflows 

of US$5.9 billion into its mutual funds 

in 2014, building upon a solid tally of 

US$3.7 billion in net sales from the 

previous year. Financial advisors and 

their clients gravitated toward an array 

of Putnam mutual funds that seek to 

address a range of challenges — and 

opportunities — presented in today’s 

financial markets.

FUELLING 
THE PASSION 
OF CANADA’S 
WINTER 
ATHLETES

Mackenzie Investments launched two 

major sponsorships in 2014: a four-

year sponsorship of Snow Sports Canada, touching seven premier national 

sport organizations; and a five-year partnership with Alpine Ontario, the sport 

organization and promoter of competitive ski racing in Ontario. The funding 

will help the organizations develop high-performance teams by providing elite 

coaches, high-calibre training facilities, technology and innovation; enhance 

youth participation; and provide financial support for less established athletes.

G R E AT- W E S T   L I F E

P U T N A M   I N V E S T M E N T S

ONE OF CANADA’S  
TOP 100 EMPLOYERS

A LEADER IN  
CUSTOMER SERVICE

A workplace where people can perform at their best 

underpins Great-West Life’s ability to advance their 

goals as an organization — meeting clients’ needs 

and becoming their trusted partner in helping them 

to realize their own goals.

Putnam has long been dedicated to 

providing the highest level of customer 

service to clients, a commitment that has 

only strengthened over time. In late 2014, DALBAR, a 

leading financial services market research and consulting 

The company was very pleased to be recognized as 

firm, honored Putnam for mutual fund service quality for 

one of Canada’s Top 100 Employers. The recognition 

the 25th consecutive year. Additionally, Putnam has been 

affirmed Great-West Life's focus on workplace 

the sole recipient of DALBAR’s Total Client Experience 

health and wellness, professional development and 

Award for the past four years.

support for staff volunteerism.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION(cid:18) 2014 ANNUAL REPORT

15

client
survey

2014 AT A GLANCE

I N V E S T O R S   G R O U P

HIGH MARKS IN  
NEW CLIENT SURVEY

Investors Group enhanced its client 

feedback loop with a new client 

experience survey, emailed to every new 

client after three months and to every 

existing client annually. In 2014, 96 per 

cent of new clients and 92 per cent of 

existing clients responding said they 

were satisfied with the service they 

receive from their Investors Group 

consultant, with similar high marks for 

financial planning and goal setting. The 

survey complements the company’s 

Client Satisfaction Survey, which has 

been measuring client sentiment for over 

15 years.

G R E AT- W E S T   L I F E   &   I G M   F I N A N C I A L

RECOGNIZED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL LEADERSHIP 

The Carbon Disclosure Project, an international, not-for-profit initiative, helps companies 

disclose and reduce their environmental footprint. 

Great-West Life scored a ranking of 98B while IGM Financial was awarded a score of 96B. 

These scores distinguished both companies, earning them a spot on the CDP’s Canada 

200 Climate Disclosure Leadership Index. The scores reflect the companies’ transparency, 

measurement and continuous improvement as cornerstones of their environmental approach.

In both instances the scores were well above industry averages, as the two companies have 

long-standing commitments to responsible management and environmental performance. 

Power Financial also participated in the CDP and was awarded a score of 91B.

16 POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION(cid:18) 2014 ANNUAL REPORT

A
S
E
G
R
A
P

MERGER TO CREATE LAFARGEHOLCIM

In April 2014, Lafarge and Holcim announced their plans to combine the two companies to create LafargeHolcim, 

the most advanced and innovative group in the building materials industry operating in 90 countries, which should 

provide superior value creation for its shareholders.

Pargesa subsidiary Groupe Bruxelles Lambert, which currently holds a 21.1 per cent interest in Lafarge, would own in 

the order of 10 per cent in the new entity following the exchange offer to be launched by Holcim once all regulatory 

approvals have been granted.

P U T N A M   I N V E S T M E N T S

SOCIAL MEDIA INNOVATION 

In recent years, Putnam has expanded its outreach to 

clients, advisors, consultants and other stakeholders 

with social media by building out a robust presence on 

Twitter, YouTube and Facebook. The firm has been widely 

recognized for developing and adopting best practices in 

social media. In 2014, Putnam was ranked the No. 1 social 

media leader in the asset management industry, based on 

the firm’s innovative work across social media platforms.

I N V E S T O R S   G R O U P   &   M A C K E N Z I E   I N V E S T M E N T S

G R E AT- W E S T   F I N A N C I A L

WORKING TOWARDS A MORE  
SUSTAINABLE GLOBAL FINANCIAL SYSTEM

SCORES WITH ADVISORS 

Great-West Financial’s focus on quality 

In July 2014, Investors Group and 

service and strong relationships received 

Mackenzie Investments became 

top marks in a distinguished industry survey. 

signatories to the United Nations-supported Principles for Responsible 

The company placed first in six categories of 

Investment (PRI). The PRI is a set of six aspirational principles — 

PLANADVISER’s 2014 Retirement Plan Adviser 

a framework for integrating environmental, social and governance factors 

Survey, tying for the most No. 1 finishes. The 

into the investment analysis and decision-making process for mainstream 

firm was voted best in overall perception, 

investment managers. 

In becoming signatories, the two companies join with a number of the 

world’s largest investment managers committed to developing a stronger 

global financial system.

value for the price, wholesalers, fee structure 

for advisers, and overall service for both 

micro plans and small plans. In six additional 

categories, Great-West Financial placed in the 

top three providers.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION(cid:18) 2014 ANNUAL REPORT

17

GREAT-WEST  
LIFECO

Total assets under administration

$1,063 BILLION

Great-West Lifeco Inc. is an international financial services holding 

company with interests in life insurance, health insurance, retirement 

and investment services, asset management and reinsurance businesses. 

Great-West Lifeco has operations in Canada, the United States, Europe 

and Asia through Great-West Life, London Life, Canada Life, Irish Life, 

Great-West Financial and Putnam Investments. Great-West Lifeco and its 

companies have over $1 trillion in total assets under administration.

GREAT-WEST LIFECO

GREAT-WEST 
LIFE 
100%

GREAT-WEST 
FINANCIAL 
100%

PUTNAM 
INVESTMENTS  
100%[1]

LONDON 
LIFE  
100%

CANADA 
LIFE  
100%

IRISH LIFE  
100%

[1]  Denotes voting interest.

18 POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

2014 operating earnings attributable  
to common shareholders

$2,546 MILLION

2014 return on shareholders’ equity [2]

15.7% [2]  Return on shareholders’  

equity is calculated  
using operating earnings.

CANADA

Great-West Life is a leading Canadian insurer, with interests in life insurance, 
health insurance, investment, savings and retirement income and reinsurance 
businesses, primarily in Canada and Europe.

In Canada, Great-West Life and its subsidiaries, London Life and Canada Life, 
offer a broad portfolio of financial and benefit plan solutions and serve the 
financial security needs of more than 12 million people.

EUROPE

Canada Life and its Irish Life subsidiary in Europe provide a broad range of 
protection and wealth management products, including: payout annuities, 
investments and group insurance in the United Kingdom; investments and 
individual insurance in the Isle of Man; insurance, pension and investment 
products in Ireland; and pensions, critical illness and disability insurance 
in Germany.

UNITED STATES

Empower Retirement is the second-largest retirement services provider in the 
U.S. by customers. Empower serves all segments of the employer-sponsored 
retirement plan market: small, mid-size and large corporate clients, government 
plans, non-profit entities and private-label record-keeping clients. It also offers 
individual retirement accounts and advisory services. Great-West Financial® 
provides life insurance, annuities, executive benefits products and investment 
services. Empower Retirement and Great-West Financial® are marks of Great-
West Life & Annuity Insurance Company.

UNITED STATES • EUROPE • ASIA

Putnam Investments is a U.S.-based global asset manager, offering investment 
management services across a range of asset classes, including fixed income, 
equity—both U.S. and global—global asset allocation and alternatives, 
including absolute return, risk parity and hedge funds.

Putnam, including its subsidiary PanAgora Asset Management, Inc., distributes 
services through financial advisors, institutional investors and retirement plan 
sponsors via its offices and strategic alliances in North America, Europe, and Asia.

$161 billion 
Assets under administration

$1.2 billion 
2014 net earnings

More than $2 billion 
in life insurance claims paid out to 
support more than 40,000 families

More than 50 million claims 
representing more than $4 billion in 
health and dental benefits paid to 
plan members

$205 billion 
Total assets under administration

$12.4 billion 
2014 insurance and annuities sales

$19.4 billion 
Annual premiums and deposits

1 million  
customers in Ireland

US$441 billion 
Total assets under administration

Nearly 7.7 million 
Retirement, insurance 
and annuity customers

2nd-largest defined contribution 
record keeper in the U.S.

No. 3 in sales of executive  
benefits markets life insurance to  
financial institutions

US$158 billion 
Assets under management

200+ investment professionals
100+ mutual funds available 
75+ years of investment experience
150+ institutional mandates
168,000 advisors distribute 
Putnam products

GREAT-WEST LIFECO

NET EARNINGS ATTRIBUTABLE  
TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

OPERATING EARNINGS ATTRIBUTABLE  
TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

TOTAL ASSETS UNDER 
ADMINISTRATION
(in billions of Canadian dollars)

1,615

2,022

1,806

2,278

2,546

1,819

1,898

1,946

2,052

2,546

487

502

546

758

1,063

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

19

IGM  
FINANCIAL

Total assets under management

$142 BILLION

IGM Financial Inc. is one of Canada’s premier financial services 

companies with $142 billion in total assets under management. 

The company serves the financial needs of Canadians through multiple 

businesses, each operating distinctly within the advice segment of 

the financial services market. The company is committed to building 

on its record of delivering long-term growth and value to its clients 

and shareholders.

IGM FINANCIAL

INVESTORS  
GROUP 
100%

MACKENZIE  
INVESTMENTS 
100%

INVESTMENT  
PLANNING  
COUNSEL 
97.1%

2014 operating earnings available 
to common shareholders

$826 MILLION

2014 return on shareholders’ equity [1]

17.8% [1]  Return on shareholders’  

equity is calculated  
using operating earnings.

20 POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

Investors Group is committed to comprehensive planning  
delivered through long-term client and consultant relationships.  
The company provides advice and services through a network  
of over 5,000 consultants to nearly one million Canadians.

Mackenzie Investments provides investment management services 
through multiple product offerings utilizing proprietary investment 
research and experienced investment professionals. The company 
distributes its investment services through industry distribution 
channels to both retail and institutional investors.

Investment Planning Counsel is an integrated financial services 
company focused on providing Canadians with high-quality financial 
products, services, and advice. The company is dedicated to providing 
independent financial planners with the tools, products, and support 
they need to build a better business.

$73.5 billion 
Total assets under management

$7.5 billion 
Mutual fund sales

110 offices across Canada
5,145 consultants

$70.9 billion 
Total assets under managemant

$7.1 billion 
Mutual fund sales

Investment products offered through 
30,000  
independent financial advisors 

74% of Mackenzie Funds rated  
3, 4 or 5 Star by Morningstar

$3.9 billion 
Assets under management  
in Counsel Portfolio Services

$22.7 billion 
Assets under administration

Partners with almost 
900  
advisors across the country

IGM FINANCIAL

NET EARNINGS AVAILABLE  
TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

OPERATING EARNINGS AVAILABLE  
TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
(in millions of Canadian dollars)

TOTAL ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT
(in billions of Canadian dollars)

731

901

759

762

753

759

833

746

764

826

129

119

121

132

142

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

21

PARGESA GROUP

Power Financial, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Power Financial 

Europe B.V., and the Frère family group of Belgium each hold a 50 per 

cent interest in Parjointco, a Netherlands-based company. Parjointco’s 

principal holding is a 55.5 per cent equity interest (75.4 per cent of 

the voting rights) in Pargesa Holding SA, the Pargesa group’s parent 

company based in Geneva, Switzerland.

Pargesa, through its affiliated Belgian holding company, Groupe Bruxelles 

Lambert, has holdings in major global companies based in Europe.

PARGESA

50.0%[1]
GROUPE  
BRUXELLES LAMBERT

2014 operating earnings

SF339 MILLION

IMERYS 
56.5%

LAFARGE  
21.1%

TOTAL  
3.0%

SGS  
15.0%

PERNOD  
RICARD  
7.5%

GDF SUEZ  
2.4%

Net asset value

SF8.9 BILLION

[1]  Representing 52% of the voting rights.

22 POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION  2014 ANNUAL REPORT

Value of investment
€2,614 million

Capital/voting rights
56.5%¹/¹71.9%

Imerys is the world leader in specialty minerals. The company extracts, 
transforms, develops and combines a unique range of minerals to provide 
functionalities that are vital to its customers’ products and production 
processes. These speciality products have a very wide range of uses in 
the consumer goods, industrial equipment and construction fields.

KEY 2014 FINANCIAL DATA
Market capitalization 
Turnover 
Operating earnings 

4,623 
3,688 
495

Lafarge is a global leader in construction materials, including cement, 
aggregates and concrete. The group has two strategic priorities: 
high-growth cement markets and innovation, particularly in the areas  
of urbanization and sustainable construction. The planned merger 
between Lafarge and Holcim is expected to be completed in July 2015, 
once all regulatory approvals have been granted.

Value of investment
€3,518 million

Capital/voting rights
21.1%¹/¹29.3%

KEY 2014 FINANCIAL DATA
Market capitalization 
Turnover 
Operating earnings 

16,700 
12,843 
1,881

Value of investment
€3,052 million

Capital/voting rights
3.0%¹/¹2.7%

Total is one of the leading global oil and gas groups. The company 
operates in more than 130 countries and covers every oil industry 
segment, from upstream to downstream. Total is also a major player in 
chemicals and is committed to the development of renewable energies.

KEY 2014 FINANCIAL DATA
Market capitalization 
Turnover (US$ million) 
Operating earnings (US$ million) 

101,374 
236,122 
14,247

Based in Geneva, Switzerland, SGS is the world leader in inspection, 
verification, testing and certification. With more than 84,000 employees, 
SGS operates a network of more than 1,650 offices and laboratories in 
more than 150 countries.

Value of investment
€1,995 million

Capital/voting rights
15.0%¹/¹15.0%

KEY 2014 FINANCIAL DATA
Market capitalization (SF million) 
Turnover (SF million) 
Operating earnings (SF million) 

15,997 
5,883 
947

Value of investment
€1,835 million

Capital/voting rights
7.5%¹/¹6.9%

Since its inception in 1975, Pernod Ricard has achieved significant 
organic growth and made numerous acquisitions, in particular Seagram 
in 2001, Allied Domecq in 2005 and Vin&Sprit in 2008, thus becoming 
the world’s co-leader in the wine and spirits market.

KEY 2014 FINANCIAL DATA
Market capitalization 
Turnover 
Operating earnings 

[1] June 30, 2014 year-end

24,488 
7,945 
2,056

[1]

[1]

Created from the merger between Suez and Gaz de France in 2008, 
GDF Suez covers the whole energy chain, in electricity, natural gas and 
services. Its acquisition of International Power in 2011 strengthens its 
leading position in the European and international energy market.

Key 2014 financial data in millions of euros, unless otherwise indicated.

Value of investment
€1,002 million

[2]

Capital/voting rights
2.4%¹/¹2.4%

KEY 2014 FINANCIAL DATA
Market capitalization 
Turnover 
Operating earnings 

47,318 
74,686 
7,161

[2]  Value capped at the exchangeable bond’s conversion price

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION(cid:18) 2014 ANNUAL REPORT

23

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

All tabular amounts are in millions of Canadian dollars, unless otherwise noted.

M A R C H 1 8 , 2 0 1 5

This Annual Report is intended to provide interested shareholders and others with selected information concerning Power Financial Corporation. For further 

information concerning the Corporation, shareholders and other interested persons should consult the Corporation’s disclosure documents, such as its Annual 

Information Form and Management’s Discussion and Analysis (MD&A). Copies of the Corporation’s continuous disclosure documents can be obtained on the 

Corpo ration’s website at www.powerfinancial.com, at www.sedar.com, or from the office of the Secretary at the addresses shown at the end of this report.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  ›   Certain statements in this document, 

changes in accounting policies and methods used to report financial condition 

other than statements of historical fact, are forward-looking statements based 

(including uncertainties associated with critical accounting assumptions and 

on certain assumptions and reflect the Corporation’s current expectations, or 

estimates), the effect of applying future accounting changes, business competition, 

with respect to disclosure regarding the Corporation’s public subsidiaries, reflect 

operational and reputational risks, technological change, changes in government 

such subsidiaries’ disclosed current expectations. Forward-looking statements 

regulation and legislation, changes in tax laws, unexpected judicial or regulatory 

are  provided  for  the  purposes  of  assisting  the  reader  in  understanding  the 

proceedings, catastrophic events, the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ ability 

Corporation’s financial performance, financial position and cash flows as at 

to complete strategic transactions, integrate acquisitions and implement other 

and for the periods ended on certain dates and to present information about 

growth strategies, and the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ success in anticipating 

management’s current expectations and plans relating to the future and the reader 

and managing the foregoing factors.

is cautioned that such statements may not be appropriate for other purposes. 

These statements may include, without limitation, statements regarding the 

operations, business, financial condition, expected financial results, performance, 

prospects, opportunities, priorities, targets, goals, ongoing objectives, strategies 

and outlook of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, as well as the outlook for North 

American and international economies for the current fiscal year and subsequent 

periods. Forward-looking statements include statements that are predictive in 

nature, depend upon or refer to future events or conditions, or include words such 

as “expects”, “anticipates”, “plans”, “believes”, “estimates”, “seeks”, “intends”, “targets”, 

“projects”, “forecasts” or negative versions thereof and other similar expressions, 

or future or conditional verbs such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “would” and “could”.

By its nature, this information is subject to inherent risks and uncertainties that 

may be general or specific and which give rise to the possibility that expectations, 

forecasts, predictions, projections or conclusions will not prove to be accurate, 

that assumptions may not be correct and that objectives, strategic goals and 

priorities will not be achieved. A variety of factors, many of which are beyond the 

Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ control, affect the operations, performance 

and results of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and their businesses, and could 

cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations of estimated 

or anticipated events or results. These factors include, but are not limited to: the 

impact or unanticipated impact of general economic, political and market factors 

in North America and internationally, interest and foreign exchange rates, global 

equity and capital markets, management of market liquidity and funding risks, 

The reader is cautioned to consider these and other factors, uncertainties and 

potential events carefully and not to put undue reliance on forward-looking 

statements. Information contained in forward-looking statements is based 

upon certain material assumptions that were applied in drawing a conclusion or 

making a forecast or projection, including management’s perceptions of historical 

trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other 

considerations that are believed to be appropriate in the circumstances, including 

that the list of factors in the previous paragraph, collectively, are not expected 

to have a material impact on the Corporation and its subsidiaries. While the 

Corporation considers these assumptions to be reasonable based on information 

currently available to management, they may prove to be incorrect.

Other than as specifically required by applicable Canadian law, the Corporation 

undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement to reflect 

events or circumstances after the date on which such statement is made, or 

to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events, whether as a result of new 

information, future events or results, or otherwise.

Additional information about the risks and uncertainties of the Corporation’s 

business and material factors or assumptions on which information contained 

in forward-looking statements is based is provided in its disclosure materials, 

including  its  most  recent  MD& A  and  its  most  recent  Annual  Information 

Form, filed with the securities regulatory authorities in Canada and available 

at www.sedar.com.

Readers are reminded that a list of the abbreviations used throughout can be found on the inside front cover of this report. In addition, the following 

abbreviations are used in the Review of Financial Performance and in the Financial Statements and Notes thereto: Audited Consolidated Financial 

Statements of Power Financial and Notes thereto for the year ended December 31, 2014 (the 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements or the Financial 

Statements); International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

24 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

OVERVIEW

Power  Financial,  a  subsidiar y  of  Power  Corporation,  is  a  diversified 

PARGESA AND GBL

management and holding company with substantial interests in the financial 

Power Financial Europe B.V., a wholly owned subsidiary of Power Financial, 

services sector in Canada, the United States, Europe and Asia, through its 

and the Frère Group of Belgium each hold a 50% interest in Parjointco, which, 

controlling interests in Lifeco and IGM. Power Financial also holds, together 

as at December 31, 2014, held a 55.5% interest in Pargesa, representing 75.4% 

with the Frère Group of Belgium, a controlling interest in Pargesa, a holding 

of the voting rights in that company.

company which focuses on a limited number of significant and strategic 

core holdings, held through its subsidiary, GBL. Lifeco (TSX: GWO) and IGM 

(TSX: IGM) are public companies listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange. 

Pargesa is a public company listed on the Swiss Stock Exchange (SIX: PARG).

LIFECO

Lifeco is an international financial services holding company with subsidiaries 

offering life insurance, health insurance, retirement and investment services 

and engaged in the asset management and reinsurance businesses.

As at December 31, 2014, Power Financial and IGM held 67.2% and 4.0%, 

respectively, of Lifeco’s common shares, representing approximately 65.0% 

of the voting rights attached to all outstanding Lifeco voting shares.

On August 29, 2014, Great-West Financial announced it had completed the 

acquisition of J.P. Morgan Retirement Plan Services (RPS) large-market 

recordkeeping business, expanding the Great-West Financial footprint in the 

U.S. retirement services business. As part of this acquisition, a new combined 

brand – Empower Retirement – was launched to consolidate and support the 

retirement services businesses of Great-West Financial, RPS and Putnam.

Total assets under administration of Lifeco grew to approximately $1.1 trillion 

as at December 31, 2014, up 40.2% from December 31, 2013. This includes 

$207 billion of assets under administration related to the RPS acquisition and 

strong organic growth in all geographies.

Lifeco continued the integration of Irish Life through 2014. While focused on 

integration, Irish Life exceeded sales targets and increased its market share. 

In 2014, Irish Life contributed $261 million, excluding restructuring costs, to 

Lifeco’s net earnings. Since the acquisition of Irish Life, Lifeco has disclosed it 

has achieved €40.8 million in annualized synergies.

IGM FINANCIAL

IGM is a financial services company which serves the financial needs of 

Canadians through its principal subsidiaries, each operating distinctly within 

the advice segment of the financial services market.

As at December 31, 2014, Power Financial and Great-West Life, a subsidiary of 

Lifeco, held 58.8% and 3.7%, respectively, of IGM’s common shares.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Pargesa is a holding company, which at December 31, 2014, held a 50% interest 

in GBL, representing 52% of the voting rights in that company. GBL, a Belgian 

holding company, is listed on the Brussels Stock Exchange (EBR: GBLB).

As at December 31, 2014, GBL’s portfolio was comprised of investments in: 

Imerys—mineral-based specialties for industry (EPA: NK); Lafarge—cement, 

aggregates and concrete (EPA: LG); Total—oil, gas and alternative energies 

(EPA: FP); SGS—testing, inspection and certification (SIX:SGSN); Pernod 

Ricard—wines and spirits (EPA: RI); GDF Suez—electricity, natural gas, and 

energy and environmental services (EPA: GSZ); and Suez Environnement—

water and waste management services (EPA: SEV).

On April 7, 2014, Holcim and Lafarge announced their intention to combine 

their companies through a merger of equals, unanimously approved by their 

respective boards of directors and which could create the most advanced 

group in the building materials industry. This operation could lead to enhanced 

performance through incremental synergies totalling more than €1.4 billion 

on a full run-rate basis phased in over three years with one third in year one. 

As Lafarge’s largest shareholder, GBL, with a 21.1% shareholding, supports 

this merger and has committed to contribute all its Lafarge shares to the 

public exchange offer, which will be initiated by Holcim after the regulatory 

authorizations have been received. GBL would hold 10% in the new entity.

Lafarge announced on March 16, 2015 that the board of Holcim has decided 

not to pursue the execution of the Combination Agreement under the terms 

approved by the boards of directors of Lafarge and Holcim and concluded on 

July 7, 2014 and challenged the financial terms and governance structure of the 

proposed merger of equals. Lafarge also announced that its board of directors 

remains committed to the project and that it intends to see it implemented. 

The board of Lafarge said it is willing to explore the possibility of a revision of 

the parity, in line with recent market conditions, but it will not accept any 

other modification of the terms of the existing agreements.

Additional information on GBL is also available on GBL’s website (www.gbl.be).

The 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements of the Corporation have been 

>  Power Financial’s profit or loss includes its share of Pargesa’s profit or 

prepared in accordance with IFRS and are presented in Canadian dollars.

loss; and

Lifeco  and  IGM  are  controlled  by  Power  Financial  and  their  financial 

>  Power  Financial’s  other  comprehensive  income  includes  its  share  of 

statements are consolidated with those of Power Financial. Consolidated 

Pargesa’s other comprehensive income.

financial  statements  present,  as  a  single  economic  entity,  the  assets, 

liabilities, revenues, expenses and cash flows of the parent company and 

its operating subsidiaries (consolidated financial statements represent the 

financial results of Power Financial (parent) and Lifeco and IGM (its operating 

subsidiaries) and the elimination of intercompany balances and transactions).

Power  Financial’s  investment  in  Pargesa  is  held  through  Parjointco. 

Parjointco’s  only  investment  is  its  joint  controlling  interest  in  Pargesa. 

The  investment  in  Parjointco  is  accounted  for  by  Power  Financial  in 

accordance with the equity method. The equity method is a method of 

accounting whereby:

>  The investment is initially recognized at cost and adjusted thereafter for 

post-acquisition changes in Power Financial’s share of Pargesa’s net assets 

(shareholders’ equity);

Pargesa consolidates its subsidiary GBL. GBL’s portfolio consists primarily of 

investments in Imerys, Lafarge, Total, SGS, Pernod Ricard, GDF Suez, and Suez 

Environnement. GBL’s financial statements are consolidated with Pargesa’s 

financial statements.

>  GBL holds a 56.5% controlling interest in Imerys and consolidates the 

financial statements of Imerys.

>  Lafarge, over which GBL has significant influence (holding a 21.1% equity 

interest), is accounted for using the equity method.

>  Portfolio  investments  in  which  GBL  holds  less  than  a  20%  equity 

interest  (consisting  of:  Total,  SGS,  Pernod  Ricard,  GDF  Suez  and 

Suez  Environnement),  are  classified  for  accounting  purposes  as 

available-for-sale investments.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 25

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

The following table summarizes the accounting presentation for the Corporation’s holdings:

DEGREE OF CONTROL

BASIS OF ACCOUNTING

The Corporation has a 
controlling interest in the 
entity (a subsidiary)

>  Consolidation

EARNINGS AND OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

>  Consolidated with 

non-controlling interests

IMPAIRMENT TESTING

IMPAIRMENT REVERSAL

>  Goodwill and indefinite life 
intangible assets are tested 
annually for impairment

>  Impairment of goodwill cannot 

be reversed

>  Impairment of intangible assets 
is reversed if there is evidence  
of recovery of value

Holdings over which the 
Corporation exercises 
significant influence or 
joint control

>  Equity method of accounting

>  Corporation’s share 

>  Entire investment is tested 

>  Reversed if there is evidence 

of earnings and other 
comprehensive income

for impairment

the investment has recovered 
its value

Portfolio investments

>  Available for sale (AFS)

>  Earnings consist of dividends 
received and gains or losses 
on disposals

>  The investments are marked 
to market through other 
comprehensive income

>  Earnings are reduced by 

impairment charges, if any

>  Impairment testing is done at 
the individual investment level

>  Cannot be reversed even if there 
is a subsequent recovery of value

>  A significant or prolonged 
decline in the value of the 
investment results in an 
impairment charge

>  A stock price decrease 

subsequent to an impairment 
leads to a further impairment

This summary of accounting should be read in conjunction with the following notes to the Corporation’s 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements: Basis of 

presentation and summary of significant accounting policies, Investments, Investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates, Goodwill and 

intangible assets, and Non-controlling interests.

N O N - I F R S F I N A N C I A L  M E A S U R E S 
A N D P R E S E N TAT I O N

Operating earnings attributable to common shareholders and operating 

earnings per share are non-IFRS financial measures that do not have a 

In analyzing the financial results of the Corporation and consistent with 

standard meaning and may not be comparable to similar measures used by 

the presentation in previous years, net earnings attributable to common 

other entities. For a reconciliation of these non-IFRS measures to results 

shareholders  are  presented  in  the  section  “Results  of  Power  Financial 

reported  in  accordance  with  IFRS,  see  the  “Results  of  Power  Financial 

Corporation” and are comprised of:

Corporation – Earnings Summary – Condensed Supplementary Statements 

>  operating earnings attributable to common shareholders; and

of Earnings” section below.

>  other items or non-operating earnings, which include the after-tax impact 

of any item that in management’s judgment would make the period-over-

period comparison of results from operations less meaningful. Other 

items also include the Corporation’s share of any such item presented in 

a comparable manner by a subsidiary or a jointly controlled corporation 

or associate.

Management uses these financial measures in its presentation and analysis of 

the financial performance of Power Financial, and believes that they provide 

additional meaningful information to readers in their analysis of the results 

of the Corporation. Operating earnings, as defined by the Corporation, assist 

the reader in comparing the current period’s results to those of previous 

periods as items that are not part of ongoing activities are excluded from 

this non-IFRS measure.

RESULTS OF POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

In  this  review  of  financial  per formance,  a  non-consolidated  basis  of 

presentation is also used by the Corporation to present and analyze its 

results, financial position and cash flows. In this basis of presentation, 

Power Financial’s interests in Lifeco and IGM are accounted for using the 

equity method. Presentation on a non-consolidated basis is a non-IFRS 

presentation. However it is useful to the reader as it presents the parent’s 

corporate operations apart from those of its operating subsidiaries, thereby 

reflecting the individual respective contributions to the consolidated results. 

Reconciliations of the non-IFRS basis of presentation with the presentation 

in accordance with IFRS are included elsewhere in this review of financial 

performance as appropriate.

E A R N I N G S S U M M A RY —  C O N D E N S E D   S U P P L E M E N TA R Y   S TAT E M E N T S   O F  E A R N I N G S

The following table is a reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures: operating earnings, non-operating earnings, operating earnings per share and 

non-operating earnings per share with financial measures presented in accordance with IFRS: net earnings and net earnings per share. In this section, the 

contributions from Lifeco and IGM, which represent most of the earnings of Power Financial, are accounted for using the equity method.

26 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

N O N - C O N S O L I DAT E D  B A S I S

T WELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Contribution to operating earnings from:

Lifeco

IGM

Pargesa

Results from corporate operations

Dividends on perpetual preferred shares

Operating earnings (attributable to common shareholders)

Other items (non-operating) [1]

Lifeco

IGM

Pargesa

Net earnings (attributable to common shareholders)

Earnings per share (attributable to common shareholders)

Operating earnings

Non-operating earnings

Net earnings

[1]  See “Other Items” below

2014

1,710

488

112

2,310

(73)

(132)

2,105

(1)

(43)

75

31

2,136

2.96

0.04

3.00

2013

1,391

446

76

1,913

(74)

(131)

1,708

151

(1)

38

188

1,896

2.40

0.27

2.67

NET EARNINGS   
(ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS)

CONTRIBUTION TO OPERATING EARNINGS   
— LIFECO, IGM AND PARGESA

Net earnings attributable to common shareholders for the twelve-month 

Power Financial’s share of operating earnings from Lifeco, IGM and Pargesa 

period  ended  December  31,  2014  were  $2,136  million  or  $3.00  per  share, 

increased by 20.8% for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared with the 

compared with $1,896 million or $2.67 per share in the corresponding period 

same period in 2013, from $1,913 million to $2,310 million.

in 2013, an increase of 12.4% on a per share basis.

Lifeco

OPERATING EARNINGS   
(ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS)

Operating earnings attributable to common shareholders for the twelve-

month period ended December 31, 2014 were $2,105 million or $2.96 per share, 

compared with $1,708 million or $2.40 per share in the corresponding period 

in 2013, an increase of 23.3% on a per share basis.

Lifeco’s contribution to Power Financial’s operating earnings for the twelve-

month period ended December 31, 2014, was $1,710 million, compared with 

$1,391 million for the corresponding period in 2013.

>  Lifeco reported operating earnings attributable to common shareholders 

of $2,546 million or $2.549 per share for the twelve-month period ended 

December 31, 2014, compared with $2,052 million or $2.108 per share in the 

corresponding period in 2013, an increase of 20.9% on a per share basis. The 

year ended December 31, 2014 includes twelve months of Irish Life results 

while the comparative period includes Irish Life results from the date of 

acquisition by Lifeco, being, July 18, 2013.

>  Summary of Lifeco’s operating segment results:

T WELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Operating earnings (attributable to Lifeco common shareholders)

Canada

Europe

United States

Lifeco Corporate

2014

1,228

1,038

306

(26)

2,546

2013

1,148

701

276

(73)

2,052

>  Operating earnings for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014 

>  The  acquisition  of  Irish  Life  in  the  third  quarter  of  2013  resulted  in 

include $30 million (after tax) of acquisition and restructuring costs related 

significant growth in the Europe segment. For the twelve-month period 

to the integration of Irish Life and RPS. For the twelve-month period ended 

ended December 31, 2014, Irish Life contributed $261 million (excluding 

December 31, 2013, operating earnings include costs related to the Irish Life 

restructuring costs) to Lifeco’s earnings, compared with $85 million in the 

acquisition and restructuring of $97 million (after tax).

corresponding period in 2013.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 27

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

>  During  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2014,  the  average  currency 

IGM Financial

translation rates of the U.S. dollar and British pound increased, while the 

IGM’s contribution to Power Financial’s operating earnings was $488 million 

average currency translation rates of the euro declined as compared to 

for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014, compared with 

the fourth quarter of 2013. The overall impact of currency movement on 

$446 million for the corresponding period in 2013.

Lifeco’s net earnings was an increase of $114 million for the twelve-month 

period ended December 31, 2014 compared to translation rates a year ago.

>  IGM reported operating earnings available to common shareholders 

of $826 million or $3.27 per share for the twelve-month period ended 

December 31, 2014, compared with $764 million or $3.02 per share in the 

same period in 2013, an increase of 8.3% on a per share basis.

>  Operating earnings before interest and taxes (a non-IFRS measure) of IGM’s segments and operating earnings available to IGM common shareholders 

were as follows:

T WELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Investors Group

Mackenzie

Corporate and other

Operating earnings (before interest and taxes)

Interest expense, income taxes, preferred share dividends and other

Operating earnings (available to IGM common shareholders)

2014

777

246

133

1,156

(330)

826

2013

718

251

110

1,079

(315)

764

>  Total assets under management were $141.9 billion as at December 31, 2014, compared with $131.8 billion as at December 31, 2013. The average daily mutual 

fund assets under management were as follows:

IN BILLIONS OF DOLL ARS

Q4

Q3

Q2

2014

Q1

Q4

Q3

Q2

2013

Q1

Average daily mutual fund assets

124.6

126.2

123.6

119.7

114.6

110.2

108.4

106.9

Pargesa

Pargesa’s contribution to Power Financial’s operating earnings was $112 million for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014, compared with 

$76 million in the corresponding period in 2013.

The components of Pargesa’s operating earnings were:

T WELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31
IN MILLIONS OF SWISS FRANCS

Contribution from principal holdings

Consolidated

Imerys

Equity method

Lafarge

Non-consolidated

Total

SGS

Pernod Ricard

GDF Suez

Suez Environnement

Other holdings and operating earnings (loss) from holding companies

Operating earnings

Power Financial’s share (in millions of Canadian dollars)

2014

113

55

97

40

20

35

2

362

(23)

339

112

2013

110

72

121

−

21

75

15

414

(163)

251

76

A significant portion of Pargesa’s earnings consists of dividends received 

The changes in dividends from non-consolidated holdings reflect decreases 

from Total (approved for payment in the second, third and fourth quarters), 

in Pargesa’s ownership of Total (from 3.6% in 2013 to 3.0% in 2014), GDF Suez 

SGS (approved for payment in the first quarter), Pernod Ricard (approved 

(from 5.1% in 2013 to 2.4% in 2014) and Suez Environnement (from 7.2% in 2013 

for payment in the second and fourth quarters), and GDF Suez (approved 

to 1.1% in 2014) and the acquisition of an interest in SGS in June 2013.

for payment in the second and third quarters). Pargesa records dividends as 

earnings in the period they are approved.

Operating earnings for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014 

include  Pargesa’s  share  of  a  charge  recorded  by  GBL  in  the  amount  of 

SF61 million, compared with SF83 million in the corresponding period in 2013.

28 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

>  These amounts relate to call options embedded in bonds exchangeable 

marked to market adjustment on the call options mentioned above, was 

for Suez Environnement shares (issued in 2012) and GDF Suez shares 

recorded in operating earnings. The remaining portion, SF74 million, which 

(issued in 2013) and in bonds issued by GBL in 2013 which are convertible 

represents the economic gain measured at the exchange price set at the time 

for GBL shares.

of the issuance of the exchangeable bonds in 2012, has been recognized as 

>  The charge is the result of the rise in the price of the respective shares 

non-operating earnings.

underlying the bonds. This rise in the share price of Suez Environnement 

and GDF Suez is reflected in other comprehensive income and will be 

recorded in earnings at the time the shares are exchanged.

Operating earnings for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014, 

RESULTS FROM CORPORATE OPERATIONS 
OF POWER FINANCIAL

Results  from  corporate  operations  include  interest  on  cash  and  cash 

equivalents,  operating  expenses,  financing  charges,  depreciation  and 

also included Pargesa’s share of contribution from private equity and other 

income taxes.

investment funds, primarily held by GBL, for an amount of SF51 million.

In 2014, holders of the Suez Environnement bonds exercised their right to 

exchange approximately 85% of the bonds for shares of Suez Environnement. 

Pargesa’s share of the gain recorded by GBL on this exchange was SF129 million 

(including a positive foreign currency impact of SF40 million). A portion of 

this gain, SF55 million, representing the reversal of the cumulative negative 

Corporate operations represented a net charge of $73 million in the twelve-

month period ended December 31, 2014, compared with a net charge of 

$74 million in the corresponding period in 2013. Results from corporate 

operations in 2013 include a charge of $18 million related to the six-month 

equity put options on the S&P 500 purchased by the Corporation.

OTHER ITEMS (NON- OPERATING)

The following table presents the Corporation’s share of Lifeco, IGM and Pargesa’s Other Items:

T WELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Lifeco

Litigation provision

IGM

Restructuring and other charges

Distribution to clients

Pargesa

Gain on partial disposal of Total

Gain on partial exchange of Suez Environnement

Impairment charges on GDF Suez

Gain on partial disposal of GDF Suez

Other (charge) income

2014

−

(8)

(36)

70

17

−

−

(12)

31

2013

156

(6)

−

38

−

(13)

15

(2)

188

Other items in 2014 are comprised of the Corporation’s share of:

Other items in 2013 are comprised of the Corporation’s share of:

IGM Financial

Lifeco

>  Restructuring and other charges: recorded by IGM in the second quarter 

>  A recovery recorded by Lifeco in the fourth quarter relating to a decision 

primarily reflecting severance and other costs associated with Mackenzie’s 

of the Court of Appeal for Ontario on February 3, 2014 in regards to the 

cost rationalization activities as well as senior management changes 

involvement of the participating accounts of Lifeco subsidiaries London 

announced and implemented during the second quarter, for an amount of 

Life and Great-West Life in the financing of the London Insurance Group 

$8 million. These costs represent the continuation of efforts undertaken 

acquisition in 1997, for an amount of $156 million.

in the fourth quarter of 2013.

IGM Financial

>  Distribution to clients: reported by IGM in the fourth quarter of $36 million. 

>  After-tax restructuring and other charges recorded by IGM in the fourth 

In  the  third  quarter  of  2012,  Investors  Group  introduced  investment 

quarter of $6 million.

solutions for clients with household account balances in excess of $500,000. 

Pargesa

At December 31, 2014, an accrual was recorded related to these lower fee 

investment solutions. This amount primarily reflects distributions to 

clients who did not transfer to these lower priced solutions when eligible.

Pargesa

>  Gain on partial disposal of Total: in the first, second, third and fourth 

quarters of 2014, GBL disposed of 0.6% of its interest for gains of $26 million, 

$17 million, $2 million and $25 million, respectively.

>  Gain on partial exchange of Suez Environnement: a gain recorded by GBL 

in the second quarter resulting from the delivery of Suez Environnement 

shares pursuant to the exercise of exchange rights by certain holders of Suez 

Environnement’s exchangeable bonds of $17 million, as discussed above.

>  An impairment charge of $13 million recorded by GBL in the first quarter on 

its investment in GDF Suez.

>  A gain of $15 million recorded by GBL in the second quarter on the disposal 

of 2.7% of its interest in GDF Suez.

>  A gain of $38 million recorded by GBL in the fourth quarter on the disposal 

of 0.4% of its interest in Total.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 29

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

FINANCIAL POSITION

C O N S O L I DAT E D B A L A N C E  S H E E T S  (C O N D E N S E D)

The condensed balance sheet of Lifeco and IGM, and Power Financial’s non-consolidated balance sheet are presented below:

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

Investments

Investments in Lifeco and IGM

Investment in Parjointco

Investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates

Funds held by ceding insurers

Reinsurance assets

Other assets

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Interest on account of segregated fund policyholders

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Insurance and investment contract liabilities

Obligations to securitization entities

Debentures and debt instruments

Other liabilities

Insurance and investment contracts on account of segregated 

fund policyholders

Total liabilities

EQUITY

Perpetual preferred shares

Common shareholders’ equity

Non-controlling interests

Total equity

Total liabilities and equity

POWER FINANCIAL 
CONSOLIDATED BAL ANCE SHEETS

LIFECO

IGM

CONSOLIDATION 
ELIMINATIONS 
AND 
RECLASSIFICATIONS

DECEMBER 31,
2014

DECEMBER 31,
2013 [1]

2,498

143,265

356

−

237

12,154

5,151

8,602

3,625

5,855

174,966

1,216

7,108

794

−

−

−

−

770

1,872

2,657

−

(511)

438

(15,492)

−

−

−

−

(89)

−

637

−

3,989

4,344

150,842

134,910

−

2,440

237

−

2,437

227

12,154

10,832

5,151

9,418

5,497

9,149

5,070

8,697

5,281

9,105

174,966

160,779

POWER 
FINANCIAL

786

31

14,342

2,440

−

−

−

135

−

−

−

17,734

356,709

14,417

(15,017)

373,843

341,682

−

−

250

465

−

715

2,580

14,439

−

17,019

17,734

146,055

−

5,355

8,436

174,966

334,812

2,514

16,740

2,643

21,897

356,709

−

6,754

1,325

1,497

−

9,576

150

4,691

−

4,841

14,417

−

−

(43)

(119)

146,055

132,063

6,754

6,887

10,279

5,572

7,275

9,059

−

174,966

160,779

(162)

344,941

314,748

(2,664)

(21,431)

9,240

(14,855)

2,580

14,439

11,883

28,902

2,755

13,238

10,941

26,934

(15,017)

373,843

341,682

[1]  Comparative figures have been restated as described in Note 33 to the Corporation’s 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements.

Total assets of the Corporation increased to $373.8 billion at December 31, 2014, 

Liabilities increased to $344.9 billion at December 31, 2014, compared with 

compared with $341.7 billion at December 31, 2013.

$314.7 billion at December 31, 2013, mainly due to the following, as disclosed 

>  Investments at December 31, 2014 were $150.8 billion, a $15.9 billion increase 

by Lifeco:

from December 31, 2013, primarily related to Lifeco.

>  Insurance and investment contract liabilities increased by $14.0 billion, 

>  Interest  on  account  of  segregated  fund  policyholders  increased  by 

$14.2 billion, primarily as a result of market value gains and investment 

income as well as positive currency movements. See also the discussion 

primarily due to the impact of new business, an increase in fair value 

adjustments driven by declining interest rates and currency movements 

as a result of a strengthening of the U.S. dollar and British pound against 

on liabilities below.

the Canadian dollar.

>  Insurance and investment contract liabilities on account of segregated 

fund policyholders increased by $14.2 billion, primarily due to the combined 

impact of market value gains and investment income of $14.0 billion as well 

as the impact of currency movements of $0.8 billion, partially offset by net 

withdrawals of $0.1 billion.

30 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

N O N - C O N S O L I DAT E D  B A L A N C E  S H E E T S

In the non-consolidated basis of presentation, Lifeco and IGM are presented by the Corporation using the equity method. These non-consolidated balance 

sheets, which are not in accordance with IFRS, enhance the review of financial performance and assist the reader by identifying changes in Power Financial’s 

non-consolidated balance sheets, which include its investments in Lifeco and IGM at equity.

DECEMBER 31

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents [1]

Investments

Investments in subsidiaries at equity

Investment in Parjointco at equity

Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Debentures

Other liabilities

Total liabilities

EQUITY

Perpetual preferred shares

Common shareholders’ equity

Total equity

Total liabilities and equity

2014

2013 [2]

786

31

14,342

2,440

135

17,734

250

465

715

2,580

14,439

17,019

17,734

925

27

13,165

2,437

120

16,674

250

431

681

2,755

13,238

15,993

16,674

[1]  In these non-consolidated balance sheets, cash equivalents include $511 million ($454 million at December 31, 2013) of fixed income securities with maturities of 

more than 90 days. In the 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, this amount is classified in investments.

[2]  Comparative figures have been restated as described in Note 33 to the Corporation’s 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements.

Cash and cash equivalents held by Power Financial amounted to $786 million 

Flows” section below for details). The fourth quarter dividend declared by the 

at December 31, 2014, compared with $925 million at the end of December 2013. 

Corporation and paid on January 30, 2015, amounted to $282 million. Dividends 

This decrease in cash and cash equivalents is mainly due to the redemption 

declared in the fourth quarter by IGM and received on January 30, 2015 by the 

of the First Preferred Shares, Series M, for an amount of $175 million in the 

Corporation amounted to $83 million.

first quarter of 2014 (see also the “Non-consolidated Statements of Cash 

The carrying value of Power Financial’s investments in Lifeco, IGM and Parjointco, at equity, increased to $16,782 million at December 31, 2014, compared with 

$15,602 million at December 31, 2013:

Carrying value, at the beginning of the year

Share of operating earnings

Share of other items

Share of other comprehensive income

Dividends

Other, including effect of change in ownership

Carrying value, at December 31, 2014

LIFECO

IGM

PARJOINTCO

TOTAL

10,452

1,710

(1)

196

(824)

15

2,713

488

(43)

(27)

(322)

(15)

2,437

112

75

(97)

(75)

(12)

15,602

2,310

31

72

(1,221)

(12)

11,548

2,794

2,440

16,782

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

31

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

S H A R E H O L D E R S ’ E Q U I T Y

PERPETUAL PREFERRED SHARES

On January 31, 2014, the Corporation redeemed all of its $175 million 6.00% 

Non-cumulative 5-year Rate Reset First Preferred Shares, Series M.

COMMON SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Common shareholders’ equity was $14,439 million at December 31, 2014, 

compared with $13,238 million at December 31, 2013. This $1,201 million increase 

was primarily due to:

>  A  $1,079  million  increase  in  retained  earnings,  reflecting  mainly  net 

earnings of $2,268 million, less dividends declared of $1,128 million and other 

decreases of $61 million mainly due to changes in the level of ownership 

of their subsidiaries.

>  An increase in reserves (other comprehensive income and amounts related 

to share-based compensation) of $100 million, consisting of:

>  In the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014, 550,000 common 

shares were issued by the Corporation (2,069,600 common shares in the 

corresponding period of 2013) pursuant to the Corporation’s Employee 

Stock Option Plan.

As a result of the above, the book value per common share of the Corporation 

was $20.29 at December 31, 2014, compared with $18.61 at the end of 2013.

OUTSTANDING NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES

As  of  the  date  hereof,  there  were  7 13,238,680  common  shares  of  the 

Corporation outstanding, compared with 711,173,680 as at December 31, 

2013. As of the date hereof, options were outstanding to purchase up to 

an aggregate of 7,418,589 common shares of the Corporation under the 

Corporation’s Employee Stock Option Plan.

The Corporation filed a short-form base shelf prospectus dated November 24, 

2014, pursuant to which, for a period of 25 months thereafter, the Corporation 

may issue up to an aggregate of $3 billion of First Preferred Shares, common 

>  Positive foreign currency translation adjustments of $403 million.

shares,  subscription  receipts  and  unsecured  debt  securities,  or  any 

>  An increase of $61 million related to the Corporation and its subsidiaries’ 

combination thereof. This filing provides the Corporation with the flexibility 

available-for-sale investments and cash flow hedges.

to access debt and equity markets on a timely basis.

>  A net increase of $47 million related to share-based compensation of the 

Corporation and its subsidiaries.

>  A decrease of $300 million due to actuarial losses related to pension 

plans of the Corporation and of its subsidiaries.

>  A decrease of $111 million mainly related to the Corporation’s share 

of  other  comprehensive  income  of  investments  in  Pargesa  and 

other associates.

CASH FLOWS

C O N S O L I DAT E D S TAT E M E N T S  O F  C A S H  F LOW S   (C O N D E N S E D)

The condensed cash flow of Lifeco and IGM, and Power Financial’s non-consolidated cash flow are presented below:

T WELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Cash flow from:

Operating activities

Financing activities

Investing activities

Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents, at December 31

POWER 
FINANCIAL

LIFECO

IGM

CONSOLIDATION 
ELIMINATIONS AND 
RECLASSIFICATIONS

2014

2013

POWER FINANCIAL 
CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS

1,162

(1,286)

(15)

−

(139)

925

786

5,443

(1,685)

(4,129)

78

(293)

2,791

2,498

741

625

(1,232)

−

134

1,082

1,216

(1,210)

1,210

(57)

−

(57)

(454)

(511)

6,136

(1,136)

(5,433)

78

(355)

4,344

3,989

5,651

618

(5,428)

190

1,031

3,313

4,344

On a consolidated basis, cash and cash equivalents decreased by $355 million 

Cash flows from investing activities resulted in a net outflow of $5,433 million 

in the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014, compared with an 

in the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014, compared with a net 

increase of $1,031 million in the corresponding period of 2013.

outflow of $5,428 million in the corresponding period of 2013.

Operating activities produced a net inflow of $6,136 million in the twelve-

The Corporation increased its level of fixed income securities with maturities 

month period ended December 31, 2014, compared with a net inflow of 

of more than 90 days, resulting in a net outflow of $57 million, compared with 

$5,651 million in the corresponding period of 2013.

a net inflow of $171 million in the corresponding period of 2013.

Cash flows from financing activities, which include dividends paid on the 

common and preferred shares of the Corporation, as well as dividends paid 

by subsidiaries to non-controlling interests, represented a net outflow of 

$1,136 million in the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014, compared 

with a net inflow of $618 million in the corresponding period of 2013.

32 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

N O N - C O N S O L I DAT E D  S TAT E M E N T S  O F  C A S H  F LOW S

As Power Financial is a holding company, corporate cash flows from operating activities, before payment of preferred and common share dividends, are primarily 

comprised of dividends received from Lifeco, IGM and Parjointco and income from investments, less operating expenses, financing charges, and income taxes.

The following non-consolidated cash flows statement of the Corporation, which is not presented in accordance with IFRS, has been prepared to assist the 

reader in isolating the cash flows of Power Financial, the parent company.

T WELVE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Net earnings before dividends on perpetual preferred shares

Earnings from Lifeco, IGM and Parjointco not received in cash

Other

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Dividends paid on preferred shares

Dividends paid on common shares

Issuance of preferred shares

Repurchase of preferred shares

Issuance of common shares

Share issue costs

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

Acquisition of Lifeco common shares

Purchase of investment

Other

Decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents, at December 31

2014

2,268

(1,123)

17

1,162

(132)

(996)

−

(175)

17

−

(1,286)

−

−

(15)

(15)

(139)

925

786

2013

2,027

(910)

(11)

1,106

(128)

(995)

500

−

45

(14)

(592)

(545)

(26)

(2)

(573)

(59)

984

925

On  a  non-consolidated  basis,  cash  and  cash  equivalents  decreased  by 

The Corporation’s financing activities during the twelve-month period ended 

$139 million in the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014, compared 

December 31, 2014 were a net outflow of $1,286 million, compared with a net 

with a decrease of $59 million in the corresponding period in 2013.

outflow of $592 million in the corresponding period in 2013, and included:

Operating activities produced net inflow of $1,162 million in the twelve-month 

>  Dividends paid on common and preferred shares by the Corporation of 

period ended December 31, 2014, compared with a net inflow of $1,106 million 

$1,128 million, compared with $1,123 million in the corresponding period 

in the corresponding period in 2013.

>  Dividends declared by Lifeco during the twelve-month period ended 

December 31, 2014 on its common shares were $1.23 per share, same as 

of 2013. In the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2014, dividends 

declared on the Corporation’s common shares were $1.40 per share, the 

same as in the corresponding period of 2013.

in the corresponding period of 2013. In the twelve-month period ended 

>  Issuance of common shares of the Corporation for $17 million pursuant to 

December 31, 2014, the Corporation recorded dividends from Lifeco of 

the Corporation’s Employee Stock Option Plan, compared with an issuance 

$824 million, compared with $810 million in the corresponding period of 

for $45 million in the corresponding period of 2013.

2013. On February 12, 2015, Lifeco announced an increase of its quarterly 

dividend from $0.3075 to $0.3260 per share, payable March 31, 2015.

>  The Corporation repurchased the Series M preferred shares for $175 million, 

compared with an issuance of $500 million in the corresponding period 

>  Dividends  declared  by  IGM  during  the  twelve-month  period  ended 

of 2013.

The Corporation’s investing activities during the twelve-month period ended 

December 31, 2014 represented a net outflow of $15 million, compared with a 

net outflow of $573 million in the corresponding period of 2013.

December 31, 2014 on its common shares were $2.175 per share, compared 

with $2.15 per share in the corresponding period of 2013. In the twelve-

month  period  ended  December  31,  2014,  the  Corporation  recorded 

dividends from IGM of $322 million, compared with $318 million in the 

corresponding period of 2013. On February 13, 2015, IGM declared a quarterly 

dividend of $0.5625 per share on its common share, payable April 30, 2015.

>  Pargesa declares and pays an annual dividend in the second quarter ending 

June 30. The dividend paid by Pargesa to Parjointco in 2014 was SF2.64 per 

bearer share, compared with SF2.57 in 2013. The Corporation received 

dividends of SF62 million from Parjointco in 2014 (SF59 million in 2013). At 

its upcoming annual meeting in May, the board of directors of Pargesa will 

propose a 2014 dividend of SF2.27 per bearer share, to be paid on May 11, 2015.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 33

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

As a holding company, Power Financial’s objectives in managing its capital 

common shares, perpetual preferred shares and debentures. The boards of 

are to:

directors of public subsidiaries are responsible for their respective company’s 

>  provide attractive long-term returns to shareholders of the Corporation;

capital management.

>  provide sufficient financial flexibility to pursue its growth strategy and 

invest in its group companies as it determines to be appropriate; and

>  maintain an appropriate credit rating to ensure stable access to the 

capital markets.

The Corporation manages its capital taking into consideration the risk 

The Corporation is a long-term investor. The majority of the Corporation’s 

capital is permanent, matching the long-term nature of its investments. The 

capital structure of the Corporation consists of preferred shares, debentures, 

common shareholders’ equity, and non-controlling interests. The Corporation 

views perpetual preferred shares as a permanent and cost-effective source 

of capital consistent with its strategy of maintaining a relatively low level 

characteristics and liquidity of its holdings. In order to maintain or adjust its 

of debt.

capital structure, the Corporation may adjust the amount of dividends paid 

to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue capital.

The  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corporation  is  responsible  for  capital 

management. Management of the Corporation is responsible for establishing 

capital management procedures and for implementing and monitoring its 

capital plans. The Board of Directors of the Corporation reviews and approves 

In the following table, consolidated capitalization reflects the consolidation 

of  the  Corporation’s  majority  owned  subsidiaries.  The  Corporation’s 

consolidated capitalization includes the debentures and debt instruments 

of its consolidated subsidiaries. Debentures and debt instruments issued 

by Lifeco and IGM are non-recourse to the Corporation. Perpetual preferred 

shares and total equity account for 81% of consolidated capitalization at 

capital transactions such as the issuance, redemption and repurchase of 

December 31, 2014.

2014

2013

DEBENTURES AND DEBT INSTRUMENTS

Power Financial

Lifeco

IGM

Consolidating eliminations

PREFERRED SHARES

Power Financial

Lifeco

IGM

EQUITY

Common shareholders’ equity

Non-controlling interests [1]

250

5,355

1,325

(43)

6,887

2,580

2,514

150

5,244

14,439

9,219

23,658

35,789

250

5,740

1,325

(40)

7,275

2,755

2,314

150

5,219

13,238

8,477

21,715

34,209

[1]  Represents the equity non-controlling interests of the Corporation’s subsidiaries and excludes Lifeco and IGM preferred shares which are shown as preferred shares.

The Corporation is not subject to externally imposed regulatory capital 

of a specific security for a particular investor. The ratings also may not reflect 

requirements. Certain of the Corporation’s major operating subsidiaries 

the potential impact of all risks on the value of securities and are subject to 

(Lifeco and IGM) are subject to regulatory capital requirements.

revision or withdrawal at any time by the rating organization.

R AT I N G S

The current rating by Standard & Poor’s (S&P) of the Corporation’s debenture 

is “A+” with a stable outlook. Dominion Bond Rating Service’s (DBRS) current 

rating on the Corporation’s debenture is “AA (Low)” with a stable rating trend. 

Credit ratings are intended to provide investors with an independent measure 

of the credit quality of the securities of a corporation and are indicators 

of the likelihood of payment and the capacity of a corporation to meet its 

obligations in accordance with the terms of each obligation. Descriptions 

of the rating categories for each of the agencies set forth below have been 

obtained from the respective rating agencies’ websites. These ratings are not 

a recommendation to buy, sell or hold the securities of the Corporation and 

do not address market price or other factors that might determine suitability 

The “A+” rating assigned to the Corporation’s debenture by S&P is the fifth 

highest of the 22 ratings used for long-term debt. A long-term debenture 

rated “A+” is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes 

in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated 

categories, however, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment 

on the obligation is still strong.

The “AA (Low)” rating assigned to Power Financial’s debenture by DBRS is the 

fourth highest of the 26 ratings used for long-term debt. Long-term debt rated 

“AA” by DBRS is of superior credit quality, and the capacity for the payment of 

financial obligations is considered high. In many cases they differ from long-

term debt rated “AAA” only to a small degree and are unlikely to be significantly 

vulnerable to future events.

34 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

RISK MANAGEMENT

There are certain risks inherent in an investment in the securities of the 

F I N A N C I A L  I N S T R U M E N T S   R I S K

Corporation and in the activities of the Corporation, including the following 

Power Financial has established policies, guidelines or procedures designed 

risks and others discussed elsewhere in this review of financial performance, 

to identify, measure, monitor and mitigate material risks associated with 

which investors should carefully consider before investing in securities of 

financial instruments. The key risks related to financial instruments are 

the Corporation. This description of risks does not include all possible risks, 

liquidity risk, credit risk and market risk.

and there may be other risks of which the Corporation is not currently aware.

>  Liquidity risk is the risk that the Corporation will not be able to meet all 

Power Financial is a holding company that holds substantial interests in the 

cash outflow obligations as they come due.

financial services sector through its controlling interest in each of Lifeco 

and IGM. As a result, the Corporation bears the risks associated with being 

a significant shareholder of these holdings and operating companies. The 

respective boards of directors of Lifeco and IGM are responsible for the risk 

oversight function. The risk committee of the board directors of Lifeco is 

responsible for risk oversight, and the board of directors of IGM provides 

oversight and carries out its risk management mandate through various 

committes. Officers of the Corporation are members of these boards and 

committees of these boards and consequently in their role as directors they 

participate in the risk oversight function at the operating companies. Pargesa, 

>  Credit  risk  is  the  potential  for  financial  loss  to  the  Corporation  if  a 

counterparty in a transaction fails to meet its obligations.

>  Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial 

instrument will fluctuate as a result of changes in market factors. Market 

factors include three types of risks: currency risk, interest rate risk and 

equity price risk.

>  Currency risk relates to the Corporation operating in different currencies 

and converting non-Canadian earnings at different points in time at 

different foreign exchange levels when adverse changes in foreign 

a holding company, is also subject to risk due to the nature of its activities and 

currency exchange rates occur.

also those of its direct subsidiary GBL. These risks relate to credit, liquidity 

>  Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a 

and market risk as described in Pargesa’s consolidated financial statements 

financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in the market 

for the year ended December 31, 2014.

interest rates.

The Corporation believes that a prudent approach to risk is achieved through 

>  Equity price risk is the uncertainty associated with the valuation of 

a governance model that focuses on the active oversight of its investments. 

assets arising from changes in equity markets.

The Board of Directors of the Corporation has overall responsibility for 

monitoring management’s implementation and maintenance of policies and 

LIQUIDITY RISK

controls to manage the risks associated with the Corporation’s business as 

As a holding company, Power Financial’s ability to meet its obligations, 

a holding company.

The Board of Directors provides oversight and carries out its risk management 

mandate primarily through the following committees:

>  The Audit Committee addresses risks related to financial reporting.

including payment of interest, other operating expenses and dividends, 

and to complete current or desirable future enhancement opportunities or 

acquisitions generally depends upon dividends from its principal subsidiaries 

(Lifeco and IGM) and Pargesa, and its ability to raise additional capital. 

Dividends to shareholders of Power Financial will be dependent on the 

>  The  Compensation  Committee  considers  risk  associated  with  the 

operating performance, profitability, financial position and creditworthiness 

Corporation’s compensation policies and practices.

>  The Governance and Nominating Committee oversees the Corporation’s 

approach  to  appropriately  address  potential  risk s  related  to 

governance matters.

>  The Related Party and Conduct Review Committee oversees the risks 

related to transactions with related parties of the Corporation.

The share price of Power Financial and its subsidiaries (Lifeco and IGM) may 

be volatile and subject to fluctuations in response to numerous factors 

beyond  Power  Financial’s  control.  Economic  conditions  may  adversely 

affect Power Financial and its subsidiaries, including fluctuations in foreign 

exchange, inflation and interest rates, as well as monetary policies, business 

investment and the health of capital markets in Canada, the United States, 

Europe  and  Asia.  In  recent  years,  financial  markets  have  experienced 

significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market 

prices of equity securities held by the Corporation and its subsidiaries and that 

have often been unrelated to the operating performance, underlying asset 

values or prospects of such companies. These factors may cause decreases 

in asset values that are deemed to be significant or prolonged, which may 

result in impairment charges. In periods of increased levels of volatility and 

related market turmoil, Power Financial subsidiaries’ operations could be 

adversely impacted and the trading price of Power Financial’s securities may 

be adversely affected.

of the subsidiaries of Power Financial and on their ability to pay dividends 

to Power Financial. The ability of Lifeco and IGM, which are also holding 

companies, to meet their obligations and pay dividends is dependent upon 

receipt of dividends from their subsidiaries. The payment of interest and 

dividends by Lifeco’s principal subsidiaries is subject to restrictions set out 

in relevant corporate and insurance laws and regulations, which require 

that solvency and capital ratios be maintained. The payment of dividends 

by IGM’s principal subsidiaries is subject to corporate laws and regulations 

which require that solvency standards be maintained. In addition, certain 

subsidiaries of IGM must also comply with capital and liquidity requirements 

established by regulatory authorities.

Power  Financial  regularly  reviews  its  liquidity  requirements  and  seeks 

to maintain a sufficient level of liquidity to meet its operating expenses, 

financing charges and payment of preferred share dividends for a reasonable 

period of time. If required, the ability of Power Financial to arrange additional 

financing in the future will depend in part upon prevailing market conditions 

as well as the business performance of Power Financial and its subsidiaries. 

There can be no assurance that debt or equity financing will be available, or, 

together with internally generated funds, will be sufficient to meet or satisfy 

Power Financial’s objectives or requirements or, if the foregoing are available 

to Power Financial, that they will be on terms acceptable to Power Financial. 

The inability of Power Financial to access sufficient capital on acceptable 

terms could have a material adverse effect on Power Financial’s business, 

prospects, dividend paying capability and financial condition, and further 

enhancement opportunities or acquisitions.

Power Financial’s management of liquidity risk have not changed materially 

since December 31, 2013.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 35

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

CREDIT RISK

MARKET RISK

Fixed  income  securities  and  derivatives  are  subject  to  credit  risk. 

a)  Currency risk

Power  Financial  mitigates  credit  risk  on  its  fixed  income  securities  by 

Power Financial’s financial instruments are comprised of cash and cash 

adhering to an investment policy that outlines credit risk parameters and 

equivalents, fixed income securities and long-term debt. In managing its 

concentration limits.

Fixed income securities, which are included in investments and in cash and 

cash equivalents, consist primarily of bonds, bankers’ acceptances and 

highly liquid temporary deposits with Canadian chartered banks and banks 

in jurisdictions where Power Financial operates as well as bonds and short-

term securities of, or guaranteed by, the Canadian and U.S. government. 

Power Financial regularly reviews the credit ratings of its counterparties. 

own cash and cash equivalents, Power Financial may hold cash balances 

denominated in foreign currencies and thus be exposed to fluctuations in 

exchange rates. In order to protect against such fluctuations, Power Financial 

may from time to time enter into currency-hedging transactions with highly 

rated financial institutions. As at December 31, 2014, approximately 90% of 

Power Financial’s cash and cash equivalents and fixed income securities 

were denominated in Canadian dollars or in foreign currencies with currency 

The maximum exposure to credit risk on these financial instruments is their 

hedges in place.

carrying value.

Derivatives  continue  to  be  utilized  on  a  basis  consistent  with  the  risk 

management  guidelines  of  Power  Financial  and  are  monitored  by  the 

Corporation for effectiveness as economic hedges even if specific hedge 

Power Financial is exposed through Parjointco to foreign exchange risk as 

a result of Parjointco’s investment in Pargesa, a company whose functional 

currency is the Swiss franc. Foreign currency translation gains and losses from 

Pargesa are recorded in other comprehensive income.

accounting requirements are not met. Power Financial regularly reviews the 

b)  Interest rate risk

credit ratings of derivative financial instrument counterparties. Derivative 

Power Financial’s financial instruments are cash and cash equivalents, fixed 

contracts are over-the-counter with counterparties that are highly rated 

income securities and long-term debt that do not have significant exposure 

financial institutions.

to interest rate risk.

Power Financial’s exposure to and management of credit risk related to 

c)  Equity price risk

fixed income securities and derivatives have not changed materially since 

Power Financial’s financial instruments are cash and cash equivalents, fixed 

December 31, 2013.

income securities and long-term debt that do not have exposure to equity 

price risk.

Pargesa indirectly holds substantial investments classified as available 

for sale; unrealized gains and losses on these investments are recorded 

in  other  comprehensive  income  until  realized.  These  investments  are 

reviewed periodically to determine whether there is objective evidence of 

an impairment in value.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

G UA R A N T E E S

C O N T I N G E N T L I A B I L I T I E S

In the normal course of their operations, the Corporation and its subsidiaries 

The Corporation and its subsidiaries are from time to time subject to legal 

may enter into certain agreements, the nature of which precludes the 

actions, including arbitrations and class actions, arising in the normal course 

possibility of making a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential 

of business. It is inherently difficult to predict the outcome of any of these 

amount the Corporation or subsidiary could be required to pay third parties, 

proceedings with certainty, and it is possible that an adverse resolution 

as some of these agreements do not specify a maximum amount and the 

could have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position of 

amounts are dependent on the outcome of future contingent events, the 

the Corporation. However, based on information presently known, it is not 

nature and likelihood of which cannot be determined.

expected that any of the existing legal actions, either individually or in the 

aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial 

L E T T E R S O F C R E D I T

position of the Corporation.

In the normal course of Lifeco’s reinsurance business, Lifeco provides letters 

of credit to other parties or beneficiaries. A beneficiary will typically hold a 

letter of credit as collateral in order to secure statutory credit for insurance 

and investment contract liabilities ceded to or amounts due from Lifeco. 

Lifeco may be required to seek collateral alternatives if it is unable to renew 

existing letters of credit’s maturity. (See also Note 31 to the Corporation’s 2014 

Consolidated Financial Statements.)

36 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

COMMITMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD

Debentures and debt instruments [1]

Deposits and certificates

Obligations to securitization entities

Operating leases [2]

Purchase obligations [3]

Pension contributions [4]

Contractual commitments [5]

Total

Power Financial [6]

Lifeco

IGM

Total

TOTAL

6,887

223

6,754

713

180

204

591

LESS THAN
1 YEAR

596

212

1–5 YEARS

1,005

8

1,249

5,468

165

71

204

591

428

93

−

−

MORE THAN
5 YEARS

5,286

3

37

120

16

−

−

15,552

3,088

7,002

5,462

267

6,750

8,535

15,552

8

1,540

1,540

3,088

6

848

6,148

7,002

253

4,362

847

5,462

[1]  Please refer to Note 14 to the Corporation’s 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements for further information.

[2]  Includes office space and equipment used in the normal course of business. Lease payments are charged to operations over the period of use.

[3]  Purchase obligations are commitments of Lifeco to acquire goods and services, essentially related to information services.

[4]  Pension contributions include post-retirement benefits and are subject to change, as contribution decisions are affected by many factors including market 

performance, regulatory requirements and management’s ability to change funding policy. Funding estimates beyond one year are excluded due to variability on 
the assumptions required to project the timing of future contributions.

[5]  Represents commitments by Lifeco. These contractual commitments are essentially commitments to investment transactions made in the normal course of 

operations, in accordance with its policies and guidelines, which are to be disbursed upon fulfilment of certain contract conditions.

[6]  Includes debenture of the Corporation of $250 million.

Lifeco uses letters of credit in the normal course of business; refer to Note 31 to the Corporation’s 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements.

TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  Great-West  Life  enters  into  various 

On November 14, 2013, the Board of Directors approved a loss consolidation 

transactions with related companies which include providing insurance 

program  with  IGM.  This  program  allows  Power  Financial  to  generate 

benefits to other companies within the Power Financial group of companies. 

sufficient taxable income to use its non-capital losses. At the same time, 

Such transactions are at market terms and conditions and are reviewed by the 

IGM incurs tax deductions, which are used to reduce its taxable income. 

appropriate Related Party and Conduct Review Committee.

On  Januar y  6,  2015,  the  Corporation  increased  its  loss  consolidation 

Lifeco provides reinsurance, asset management and administrative services 

for employee benefit plans relating to pension and other post-employment 

benefits for employees of Power Financial, and Lifeco and its subsidiaries. 

Such transactions are at market terms and conditions and are reviewed by 

the appropriate Related Party and Conduct Review Committee.

IGM  also  enters  into  transactions  with  subsidiaries  of  Lifeco.  These 

transactions are in the normal course of operations and include (i) providing 

certain administrative services, (ii) distributing insurance products and (iii) 

the sale of residential mortgages to Great-West Life and London Life. These 

transactions are at market terms and conditions.

transactions with IGM. The increase was put in place to ensure that non-

capital losses of Power Financial, which would otherwise expire in 2015, 

will be utilized. The Corporation acquired $330 million of 4.50% secured 

debentures  of  IGM.  As  sole  consideration  for  the  debentures,  a  wholly 

owned subsidiary of Power Financial issued $330 million of 4.51% preferred 

shares to IGM. The Corporation has legally enforceable rights to settle these 

financial instruments on a net basis and the Corporation intends to exercise 

these rights.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 37

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

FA I R VA LU E O F F I N A N C I A L   I N S T R U M E N T S

payable, interest payable, income tax payable and certain other financial 

The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair value of the 

liabilities. Fair value represents the amount that would be exchanged in an 

Corporation’s financial assets and financial liabilities. The table distinguishes 

arm’s-length transaction between willing parties and is best evidenced by 

between those financial instruments recorded at fair value and those recorded 

a quoted market price, if one exists. Fair values represent management’s 

at amortized cost. The table excludes fair value information for financial 

estimates and are generally calculated using market information and at a 

assets and financial liabilities not measured at the fair value if the carrying 

specific point in time and may not reflect future fair values. The calculations 

amount is a reasonable approximation of fair value. 

are subjective in nature, involve uncertainties and matters of significant 

The excluded items are cash and cash equivalents, dividends, interest and 

accounts receivable, income tax receivable, loans to policyholders, certain 

other financial assets, accounts payable, repurchase agreements, dividends 

judgment (please refer to Note 26 to the Corporation’s 2014 Consolidated 

Financial Statements).

CARRYING 
VALUE

2014

FAIR 
VALUE

CARRYING 
VALUE

2013

FAIR 
VALUE

79,957

10,501

79,957

10,501

70,104

8,370

70,104

8,370

366

366

324

324

6,697

60

4,613

693

421

6,697

60

4,613

693

421

7,297

117

4,288

654

396

7,297

117

4,288

654

396

103,308

103,308

91,550

91,550

13,178

14,659

11,855

12,672

27,199

29,016

24,591

25,212

560

560

632

632

40,937

44,235

37,078

38,516

144,245

147,543

128,628

130,066

857

1,225

16

2,098

6,754

6,887

162

223

14,026

16,124

857

1,225

16

2,098

6,859

8,065

220

225

15,369

17,467

889

779

20

889

779

20

1,688

1,688

5,572

7,275

163

187

13,197

14,885

5,671

8,066

205

188

14,130

15,818

AS AT DECEMBER 31

FINANCIAL ASSETS

Financial assets recorded at fair value

Bonds

Fair value through profit or loss

Available for sale

Mortgage loans

Fair value through profit or loss

Shares

Fair value through profit or loss

Available for sale

Investment properties

Derivative instruments

Other assets

Financial assets recorded at amortized cost

Bonds

Loans and receivables

Mortgage loans

Loans and receivables

Shares

Available for sale [1]

Total financial assets

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Financial liabilities recorded at fair value

Investment contract liabilities

Derivative instruments

Other liabilities

Financial liabilities recorded at amortized cost

Obligation to securitization entities

Debentures and debt instruments

Capital trust debentures

Deposits and certificates

Total financial liabilities

[1]  Fair value of some investments cannot be reliably measured, therefore the investments are held at cost.

38 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

D E R I VAT I V E F I N A N C I A L I N S T R U M E N T S

>  demonstrating the effectiveness of the hedging relationships; and

In the course of their activities, the Corporation and its subsidiaries use 

>  monitoring the hedging relationship.

derivative financial instruments. When using such derivatives, they only act 

as limited end-users and not as market-makers in such derivatives.

The  use  of  derivatives  is  monitored  and  reviewed  on  a  regular  basis  by 

senior management of the Corporation and by senior management of its 

subsidiaries. The Corporation and its subsidiaries have each established 

operating policies, guidelines or procedures relating to the use of derivative 

financial instruments, which in particular aim at:

>  prohibiting the use of derivative instruments for speculative purposes;

>  documenting  transactions  and  ensuring  their  consistency  with  risk 

management policies;

The Corporation and its subsidiaries have policies, guidelines or procedures 

relating to the identification, measurement, monitoring, mitigating and 

controlling of risks associated with financial instruments. The key risks related 

to financial instruments are credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk (currency, 

interest rate and equity price risk). (See Note 21 to the Corporation’s 2014 

Consolidated Financial Statements and the “Risk Management” section of 

this Review of Financial Performance for more information.)

There were no major changes to the Corporation and its subsidiaries’ policies and procedures with respect to the use of derivative instruments in the twelve-

month period ended December 31, 2014. The following table provides a summary of the Corporation and its subsidiaries’ derivatives portfolio at December 31:

Power Financial

Lifeco

IGM

2014

2013

NOTIONAL

8

15,460

2,621

18,089

MA XIMUM 
CREDIT RISK

TOTAL
FAIR VALUE

1

652

40

693

1

(543)

10

(532)

NOTIONAL

3,549

21,582

3,428

28,559

MA XIMUM 
CREDIT RISK

TOTAL
FAIR VALUE

4

593

57

654

4

(151)

22

(125)

There has been a decrease in the notional amount outstanding and an 

equity put options on the S&P 500 outstanding as of December 31, 2013. See 

increase in the exposure to credit risk that represents the market value 

Note 25 to the Corporation’s 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements for 

of those instruments, which are in a gain position. The decrease in the 

more information on the type of derivative financial instruments used by the 

notional amount for the Corporation and Lifeco is mainly due to six-month 

Corporation and its subsidiaries.

SUMMARY OF CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND JUDGMENTS

In  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements,  management  of  the 

I N S U R A N C E A N D I N V E S TM ENT CO NTR AC T LIA B I LITI E S

Corporation and management of its subsidiaries – Lifeco and IGM – are 

Insurance  and  investment  contract  liabilities  represent  the  amounts 

required  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported 

required, in addition to future premiums and investment income, to provide 

amounts  of  assets,  liabilities,  net  earnings  and  related  disclosures. 

for future benefit payments, policyholder dividends, commission and policy 

Significant judgments made by the management of the Corporation and 

administrative  expenses  for  all  insurance  and  annuity  policies  in  force 

the management of its subsidiaries and key sources of estimation uncertainty 

with Lifeco. The Appointed Actuaries of Lifeco’s subsidiary companies are 

concern: the entities to be consolidated, insurance and investment contract 

responsible for determining the amount of the liabilities to make appropriate 

liabilities, fair value measurement, investment impairment, goodwill and 

provisions for Lifeco’s obligations to policyholders. The Appointed Actuaries 

intangible assets, income taxes, employee future benefits and deferred 

determine the insurance and investment contract liabilities using generally 

selling commissions. These are described in the notes to the 2014 Consolidated 

accepted actuarial practices, according to the standards established by the 

Financial Statements. There were no changes in the Corporation’s critical 

Canadian Institute of Actuaries. The valuation of insurance contracts uses the 

accounting estimates and judgments in the twelve-month period ended 

Canadian Asset Liability Method (CALM). This method involves the projection 

December 31, 2014.

C O N S O L I DAT I O N

Management of the Corporation consolidates all subsidiaries and entities in 

which it is determined that the Corporation has control. Control is evaluated 

according to the ability of the Corporation to direct the activities of the 

subsidiary or other structured entities in order to derive variable returns. 

Management of the Corporation and each of its subsidiaries apply judgment 

to determine if it has control of the investee when it has less than a majority 

of the voting rights.

of future events in order to determine the amount of assets that must be set 

aside currently to provide for all future obligations and involves a significant 

amount of judgment.

In the computation of insurance contract liabilities, valuation assumptions 

have been made regarding rates of mortality and morbidity, investment 

returns, levels of operating expenses, rates of policy termination and rates of 

utilization of elective policy options or provisions. The valuation assumptions 

use best estimates of future experience together with a margin for adverse 

deviation. These margins are necessary to provide for possibilities of mis-

estimation and/or future deterioration in the best estimate assumptions 

and  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  insurance  contract  liabilities 

cover a range of possible outcomes. Margins are reviewed periodically for 

continued appropriateness.

Additional details regarding these estimates can be found in Note 12 to the 

Corporation’s 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 39

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

FA I R VA LU E M E A S U R E M E N T

I N V E S T M E N T  I M PA I R M E N T

Financial instrument carrying values necessarily reflect the prevailing market 

Investments are reviewed regularly on an individual basis to determine 

liquidity and the liquidity premiums embedded in the market pricing methods 

impairment status. The Corporation and its subsidiaries consider various 

the Corporation and its subsidiaries rely upon. The following is a description 

factors in the impairment evaluation process, including, but not limited to, 

of the methodologies used to determine fair value.

the financial condition of the issuer, specific adverse conditions affecting 

a)  Bonds at fair value through profit or loss and available for sale

Fair  values  for  bonds  classified  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  or 

an industry or region, decline in fair value not related to interest rates, 

bankruptcy or defaults, and delinquency in payments of interest or principal.

available for sale are determined with reference to quoted market bid 

Investments are deemed to be impaired when there is no longer reasonable 

prices primarily provided by third-party independent pricing sources. The 

assurance of collection. The fair value of an investment is not a definitive 

Corporation and its subsidiaries maximize the use of observable inputs and 

indicator of impairment, as it may be significantly influenced by other factors, 

minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The 

including the remaining term to maturity and liquidity of the asset. However, 

Corporation and its subsidiaries obtain quoted prices in active markets, 

market price is taken into consideration when evaluating impairment.

when available, for identical assets at the balance sheet date to measure 

bonds at fair value in its fair value through profit or loss and available-for-

sale portfolios. Where prices are not quoted in a normally active market, 

fair values are determined by valuation models.

For impaired mortgage loans, and bonds classified as loans and receivables, 

provisions are established or impairments recorded to adjust the carrying 

value to the net realizable amount. Wherever possible the fair value of 

collateral underlying the loans or observable market price is used to establish 

The Corporation and its subsidiaries estimate the fair value of bonds 

net realizable value. For impaired available-for-sale bonds, the accumulated 

not traded in active markets by referring to actively traded securities 

loss recorded in other comprehensive income is reclassified to net investment 

with similar attributes, dealer quotations, matrix pricing methodology, 

income. Impairments on available-for-sale debt instruments are reversed if 

discounted cash flow analyses and/or internal valuation models. This 

there is objective evidence that a permanent recovery has occurred. All gains 

methodology considers such factors as the issuer’s industry, the security’s 

and losses on bonds, mortgage loans and shares classified or designated as fair 

rating, term, coupon rate and position in the capital structure of the issuer, 

value through profit or loss are already recorded in net earnings, therefore, a 

as well as yield curves, credit curves, prepayment rates and other relevant 

reduction due to impairment of these assets will be recorded in net earnings. 

factors. For bonds that are not traded in active markets, valuations are 

As well, when determined to be impaired, interest is no longer accrued and 

adjusted to reflect illiquidity, and such adjustments are generally based on 

previous interest accruals are reversed. Impairment losses on available-for-

available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence, management’s 

sale shares are recorded if the loss is significant or prolonged and subsequent 

best estimate is used.

losses are recorded in net earnings.

b)  Shares at fair value through profit or loss and available for sale

Fair value movement on the assets supporting insurance contract liabilities 

Fair values for publicly traded shares are generally determined by the last 

is a major factor in the movement of insurance contract liabilities. Changes 

bid price for the security from the exchange where it is principally traded. 

in the fair value of bonds designated or classified as fair value through 

Fair values for shares for which there is no active market are determined 

profit or loss that support insurance contract liabilities are largely offset by 

by  discounting  expected  future  cash  flows.  The  Corporation  and  its 

corresponding changes in the fair value of liabilities, except when the bond 

subsidiaries maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use 

has been deemed impaired.

of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The Corporation and 

its subsidiaries obtain quoted prices in active markets, when available, 

for identical assets at the balance sheets dates to measure shares at fair 

value in its fair value through profit or loss and available-for-sale portfolios.

c)  Mortgage loans and bonds classified as loans and receivables

For disclosure purposes only, fair values for bonds, and mortgage loans, 

classified as loans and receivables, are determined by discounting expected 

future cash flows using current market rates. Valuation inputs typically 

include benchmark yields and risk-adjusted spreads based on current 

lending activities and market activity.

d)  Investment properties

Fair values for investment properties are determined using independent 

qualified appraisal services and include Lifeco management adjustments 

for material changes in property cash flows, capital expenditures or 

general market conditions in the interim period between appraisals. 

The  determination  of  the  fair  value  of  investment  property  requires 

G O O DW I L L A N D I N TA N G I B L E S I M PA I R M E N T T E S T I N G

Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are tested for impairment 

annually or more frequently if events indicate that impairment may have 

occurred. Intangible assets that were previously impaired are reviewed 

at each reporting date for evidence of reversal. In the event that certain 

conditions have been met, the Corporation would be required to reverse the 

impairment charge or a portion thereof.

Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets have been allocated to groups 

of cash generating units (CGU), representing the lowest level that the assets 

are monitored for internal reporting purposes. Goodwill and indefinite life 

intangible assets are tested for impairment by comparing the carrying value 

of the groups of CGU to the recoverable amount to which the goodwill has 

been allocated. Intangible assets are tested for impairment by comparing the 

asset’s carrying value to its recoverable amount.

An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying 

the use of estimates including future cash flows (such as future leasing 

amount exceeds its recoverable amount.

assumptions,  rental  rates,  capital  and  operating  expenditures)  and 

The recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s fair value less cost of 

discount,  reversionary  and  overall  capitalization  rates  applicable  to 

disposal  or  value  in  use,  which  is  calculated  using  the  present  value  of 

the asset based on current market conditions. Investment properties 

estimated future cash flows expected to be generated.

under construction are valued at fair value if such values can be reliably 

determined; otherwise, they are recorded at cost.

40 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

I N C O M E TA X E S

PENSION PLANS AND OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

The income tax expense for the period represents the sum of current income 

The Corporation and its subsidiaries maintain funded defined benefit pension 

tax and deferred income tax. Income tax is recognized as an expense or 

plans for certain employees and advisors, unfunded supplementary employee 

income in the statements of earnings except to the extent that it relates to 

retirement plans for certain employees, and unfunded post-employment 

items that are not recognized in the statements of earnings (whether in other 

health, dental and life insurance benefits to eligible employees, advisors 

comprehensive income or directly in equity), in which case the income tax is 

and their dependants. The Corporation’s subsidiaries also maintain defined 

also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

contribution pension plans for eligible employees and advisors. The defined 

benefit pension plans provide pensions based on length of service and final 

CURRENT INCOME TAX

average earnings.

Current income tax is based on taxable income for the year. Current tax 

liabilities (assets) for the current and prior periods are measured at the 

amount expected to be paid to (recovered from) the taxation authorities using 

the rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance 

sheet date. Current tax assets and current tax liabilities are offset, if a legally 

enforceable right exists to offset the recognized amounts and the entity 

intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the assets and settle the 

liabilities simultaneously.

A provision for tax uncertainties which meets the probable threshold for 

recognition is measured based on the probability weighted average approach.

DEFERRED INCOME TAX

Deferred income tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on 

differences arising between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 

in the financial statements and the corresponding tax basis used in the 

computation of taxable income and on unused tax attributes and is accounted 

for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities are 

generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax 

assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable 

profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences and 

unused tax attributes can be utilized.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates expected to 

apply in the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on 

tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the 

balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, 

The cost of the defined benefit plans earned by eligible employees and advisors 

is actuarially determined using the projected unit credit method prorated 

on service based upon management of the Corporation and its subsidiaries’ 

assumptions about discount rates, compensation increases, retirement ages 

of employees, mortality and expected health care costs. Any changes in these 

assumptions will impact the carrying amount of defined benefits obligations. 

The Corporation and its subsidiaries’ accrued benefit liability in respect of 

defined benefit plans is calculated separately for each plan by discounting the 

amount of the benefit that employees have earned in return for their service 

in current and prior periods and deducting the fair value of any plan assets. 

The Corporation and its subsidiaries determine the net interest component 

of the pension expense for the period by applying the discount rate used to 

measure the accrued benefit liability at the beginning of the annual period to 

the net accrued benefit liability. The discount rate used to value liabilities is 

determined using a yield curve of AA-rated corporate debt securities.

If the plan benefits are changed, or a plan is curtailed, any past service costs or 

curtailment gains or losses are recognized immediately in net earnings. Net 

interest costs, current service costs, past service costs and curtailment gains 

or losses are included in operating and administrative expenses.

Remeasurements arising from defined benefit plans represent actuarial 

gains and losses, and the actual return on plan assets, less interest calculated 

at the discount rate and changes in the asset ceiling. Remeasurements are 

recognized immediately through other comprehensive income and are not 

reclassified to net earnings.

if a legally enforceable right exists to net current tax assets against current 

The accrued benefit asset (liability) represents the plan surplus (deficit).

tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the 

Payments to the defined contribution plans are expensed as incurred.

same taxation authority.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet 

date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient 

future taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the deferred 

tax asset to be utilized. Unrecognized deferred tax assets are reassessed at 

each balance sheet date and are recognized to the extent that it has become 

probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to 

be recovered.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences 

arising on investments in the subsidiaries, jointly controlled corporations and 

associates, except where the group controls the timing of the reversal of the 

temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will 

not reverse in the foreseeable future.

D E F E R R E D  S E L L I N G  C O M M I S S I O N S

Commissions paid by IGM on the sale of certain mutual fund products are 

deferred and amortized over a maximum period of seven years. IGM regularly 

reviews the carrying value of deferred selling commissions with respect to 

any events or circumstances that indicate impairment. Among the tests 

performed by IGM to assess recoverability is the comparison of the future 

economic benefits derived from the deferred selling commission asset in 

relation to its carrying value. At December 31, 2014, there were no indications 

of impairment to deferred selling commissions.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 41

REVIEW OF FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES

On January 1, 2014, the Corporation and its subsidiaries adopted the following amendments and interpretation: IAS 32, Financial Instruments: Presentation, IAS 36, 

Impairment of Assets, IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement and IFRIC 21, Levies. The adoption of these amendments and interpretation did 

not have a significant impact on the Corporation’s financial statements.

FUTURE ACCOUNTING CHANGES

The Corporation and its subsidiaries continuously monitor the potential 

>  Classification and measurement: this phase requires that financial assets 

changes proposed by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) 

be classified at either amortized cost or fair value on the basis of the entity’s 

and analyze the effect that changes in the standards may have on their 

business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual cash 

consolidated financial statements when they become effective.

flow characteristics of the financial assets.

I F R S  4 — I N S U R A N C E  C O N T R AC T S

In June 2013, the IASB issued a revised IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts exposure 

draft proposing changes to the accounting standard for insurance contracts. 

The IASB continues to deliberate the proposals in this exposure draft. The 

proposed standard differs significantly from Lifeco’s current accounting and 

>  Impairment methodology: this phase replaces the current incurred loss 

model for impairment of financial assets with an expected loss model.

>  Hedge accounting: this phase replaces the current rule-based hedge 

accounting requirements in IAS 39 with guidance that more closely aligns 

the accounting with an entity’s risk management activities.

actuarial practices under the Canadian Asset Liability Method (CALM) and is 

The  standard  will  be  effective  January  1,  2018.  The  Corporation  and  its 

expected to produce more volatile financial results.

subsidiaries are evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard.

Lifeco is actively monitoring developments in this area; it will continue 

to measure insurance contract liabilities under current accounting and 

actuarial policies, including CALM, until a new IFRS for insurance contract 

measurement is issued and effective.

I F R S  9 — F I N A N C I A L I N S T R U M E N T S

In July 2014, the IASB issued a final version of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments 

to replace IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement, the 

current standard for accounting for financial instruments. The standard was 

IFRS 15 — REVENUE FROM CONTR ACTS WITH CUSTOMERS

In May 2014, the IASB issued IFRS 15 – Revenue from Contracts with Customers, 

which provides a single model for entities to use in accounting for revenue 

arising from contracts with customers. The model requires an entity to 

recognize revenue as the goods or services are transferred to customers in 

an amount that reflects the expected consideration. The revenue recognition 

requirements in IFRS 15 do not apply to the revenue arising from insurance 

contracts, leases and financial instruments.

completed in three separate phases:

The  standard  will  be  effective  January  1,  2017.  The  Corporation  and  its 

subsidiaries are evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard.

DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Based on their evaluations as of December 31, 2014, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Corporation’s disclosure 

controls and procedures were effective as at December 31, 2014.

INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to 

The Corporation’s management, under the supervision of the Chief Executive 

provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting 

Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the 

and that the preparation of financial statements for external purposes is 

Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as at December 31, 

in accordance with IFRS. The Corporation’s management is responsible 

2014, based on the Internal Control – Integrated Framework (COSO 2013 

for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial 

Framework) published by The Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 

reporting. All internal control systems have inherent limitations and may 

the Treadway Commission. The Corporation transitioned to the COSO 2013 

become ineffective because of changes in conditions. Therefore, even those 

Framework during 2014. Based on such evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer 

systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance 

and the Chief Financial Officer have concluded that the Corporation’s internal 

with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

control over financial reporting was effective as at December 31, 2014.

There have been no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial 

reporting during the three-month period ended December 31, 2014 that 

have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the 

Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting.

42 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

SELECTED ANNUAL INFORMATION

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Total revenue [1]

Operating earnings attributable to common shareholders [2, 3]

per share – basic

Net earnings attributable to common shareholders [2]

per share – basic

per share – diluted

Consolidated assets [1, 2]

Total financial liabilities [1, 2]

Debentures and debt instruments

Shareholders’ equity [1]

Book value per share [1]

Number of common shares outstanding [millions]

Dividends per share [declared]

Common shares

First preferred shares

Series A

Series D

Series E

Series F

Series H

Series I

Series K

Series L

Series O

Series P

Series R [4]

Series S [5]

Series T [6]

2014

41,775

2,105

2.96

2,136

3.00

3.00

373,843

16,124

6,887

17,019

20.29

711.7

1.4000

0.5250

1.3750

1.3125

1.4750

1.4375

1.5000

1.2375

1.2750

1.4500

1.1000

1.3750

1.2000

1.1902

2013

28,830

1,708

2.40

1,896

2.67

2.63

341,682

14,885

7,275

15,993

18.61

711.2

1.4000

0.5250

1.3750

1.3125

1.4750

1.4375

1.5000

1.2375

1.2750

1.4500

1.1000

1.3750

1.1006

2012

32,934

1,678

2.37

1,618

2.29

2.27

268,428

12,138

5,817

13,451

15.79

709.1

1.4000

0.5250

1.3750

1.3125

1.4750

1.4375

1.5000

1.2375

1.2750

1.4500

1.1000

1.2837

[1]  Comparative figures have been restated as described in Note 33 to the Corporation’s 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements.

[2]  The 2012 figures have been restated for the retroactive impact of new and revised IFRS standards during 2013, most notably IAS 19R, Employee Benefits and 

IFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements.

[3]  Operating earnings and operating earnings per share are non-IFRS financial measures. For a definition of these non-IFRS financial measures, please refer to the 

“Basis of Presentation – Non-IFRS Financial Measures and Presentation” section of this Review of Financial Performance.

[4]  Issued in February 2012.

[5]  Issued in February 2013. The first dividend payment was made in April 30, 2013, in the amount of $0.2006 per share.

[6]  Issued in December 2013. The first dividend payment was made on April 30, 2014 in the amount of $0.4027 per share. Regular annual dividend is 

$1.0500 per share.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 43

2014

2013
[NOTE 33]

3,989

4,344

103,636

27,565

7,317

4,613

7,711

150,842

12,154

5,151

2,677

986

693

6,032

1,707

5,497

9,149

174,966

373,843

90,329

24,915

8,046

4,288

7,332

134,910

10,832

5,070

2,664

925

654

5,907

1,211

5,281

9,105

160,779

341,682

145,198

131,174

857

6,754

6,887

1,225

7,293

1,761

174,966

344,941

2,580

743

13,164

532

17,019

11,883

28,902

889

5,572

7,275

779

7,061

1,219

160,779

314,748

2,755

721

12,085

432

15,993

10,941

26,934

373,843

341,682

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31 
[IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLL ARS]

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents [Note 4]

Investments [Note 5]

Bonds

Mortgage loans

Shares

Investment properties

Loans to policyholders

Funds held by ceding insurers [Note 6]

Reinsurance assets [Note 12]

Investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates [Note 7]

Owner-occupied properties and capital assets [Note 8]

Derivative financial instruments [Note 25]

Other assets [Note 9]

Deferred tax assets [Note 16]

Intangible assets [Note 10]

Goodwill [Note 10]

Investments on account of segregated fund policyholders [Note 11]

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Insurance contract liabilities [Note 12]

Investment contract liabilities [Note 12]

Obligation to securitization entities [Note 13]

Debentures and debt instruments [Note 14]

Derivative financial instruments [Note 25]

Other liabilities [Note 15]

Deferred tax liabilities [Note 16]

Insurance and investment contracts on account of segregated fund policyholders [Note 11]

Total liabilities

EQUITY

Stated capital [Note 17]

Perpetual preferred shares

Common shares

Retained earnings

Reserves

Total shareholders’ equity

Non-controlling interests [Note 19]

Total equity

Total liabilities and equity

Approved by the Board of Directors

Signed, 

Raymond Royer  

Director  

44 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

Signed,

R. Jeffrey Orr

Director

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
[IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLL ARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS]

2014

2013

REVENUES

Premium income

Gross premiums written

Ceded premiums

Total net premiums

Net investment income [Note 5]

Regular net investment income

Change in fair value through profit or loss

Fee income

Total revenues

EXPENSES

Policyholder benefits

Insurance and investment contracts

Gross

Ceded

Policyholder dividends and experience refunds

Change in insurance and investment contract liabilities

Total paid or credited to policyholders

Commissions

Operating and administrative expenses [Note 22]

Financing charges [Note 23]

Total expenses

Share of earnings of investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates [Note 7]

Earnings before income taxes

Income taxes [Note 16]

Net earnings

Attributable to

Non-controlling interests [Note 19]

Perpetual preferred shareholders

Common shareholders

Earnings per common share [Note 28]

Net earnings attributable to common shareholders

– Basic

– Diluted

24,686

(3,464)

21,222

6,038

7,525

13,563

6,990

41,775

19,363

(1,928)

17,435

1,496

10,229

29,160

2,901

5,162

413

37,636

4,139

211

4,350

834

3,516

1,248

132

2,136

3,516

3.00

3.00

23,441

(3,205)

20,236

5,635

(2,974)

2,661

5,933

28,830

18,464

(1,744)

16,720

1,371

(280)

17,811

2,590

4,474

400

25,275

3,555

134

3,689

678

3,011

984

131

1,896

3,011

2.67

2.63

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 45

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
[IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLL ARS]

Net earnings

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Items that may be reclassified subsequently to net earnings

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale assets

Unrealized gains (losses)

Income tax (expense) benefit

Realized (gains) losses transferred to net earnings

Income tax expense (benefit)

Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges

Unrealized gains (losses)

Income tax (expense) benefit

Realized (gains) losses transferred to net earnings

Income tax expense (benefit)

Net unrealized foreign exchange gains (losses) on translation of foreign operations

Unrealized gains (losses) on translation arising during the year

Unrealized gains (losses) on euro debt designated as hedge of net assets 

of foreign operations

Share of other comprehensive income (losses) of jointly controlled corporations 

and associates

Total – items that may be reclassified

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to net earnings

Actuarial gains (losses) on defined benefit pension plans

Income tax (expense) benefit

Share of other comprehensive income (losses) of jointly controlled corporations 

and associates

Total – items that will not be reclassified

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Attributable to

Non-controlling interests

Perpetual preferred shareholders

Common shareholders

2014

3,516

313

(62)

(52)

10

209

(110)

42

2

(1)

(67)

543

35

578

(86)

634

(601)

150

(31)

(482)

152

3,668

1,347

132

2,189

3,668

2013
[NOTE 33]

3,011

(156)

35

(70)

15

(176)

(85)

33

2

(1)

(51)

847

(52)

795

251

819

633

(174)

23

482

1,301

4,312

1,295

131

2,886

4,312

46 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

STATED CAPITAL

RESERVES

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014
[IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLL ARS]

PERPETUAL 
PREFERRED 
SHARES

COMMON 
SHARES

RETAINED 
EARNINGS

SHARE-BASED
 COMPENSATION

OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME 
[NOTE 27]

Balance, beginning of year

2,755

721

12,085

95

Net earnings

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

–

–

–

Redemption of preferred shares

(175)

Dividends to shareholders

Common shares

Perpetual preferred shares

Dividends to non-controlling interests

Share-based compensation

Stock options exercised

Effects of changes in ownership,  

capital and other

Balance, end of year

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013
[IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLL ARS]

Balance, beginning of year

Prior period adjustment [Note 33]

Restated balance, beginning of year

Net earnings

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income

Issue of perpetual preferred shares

Dividends to shareholders

Common shares

Perpetual preferred shares

Dividends to non-controlling interests

Share-based compensation

Stock options exercised

Effects of changes in ownership,  

capital and other

Balance, end of year

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,580

PERPETUAL 
PREFERRED 
SHARES

2,255

–

2,255

–

–

–

500

–

–

–

–

–

–

2,755

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

22

–

743

2,268

–

2,268

–

(996)

(132)

–

–

–

(61)

13,164

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

35

(11)

23

142

337

–

53

53

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

390

NON- 
CONTROLLING 
INTERESTS

10,941

1,248

99

1,347

–

–

–

(693)

15

(4)

TOTAL 
EQUIT Y

26,934

3,516

152

3,668

(175)

(996)

(132)

(693)

50

7

277

239

11,883

28,902

TOTAL

432

–

53

53

–

–

–

–

35

(11)

23

532

STATED CAPITAL

RESERVES

COMMON 
SHARES

RETAINED 
EARNINGS

SHARE-BASED 
COMPENSATION

OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME 
[NOTE 27]

664

–

664

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

57

–

721

11,201

(119)

11,082

2,027

–

2,027

–

(996)

(131)

–

–

–

103

12,085

110

–

110

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

11

(26)

–

95

(667)

7

(660)

–

990

990

–

–

–

–

–

–

7

337

NON- 
CONTROLLING 
INTERESTS

TOTAL

TOTAL 
EQUIT Y

(557)

10,102

23,665

7

(46)

(158)

(550)

10,056

23,507

–

990

990

–

–

–

–

11

(26)

7

432

984

311

1,295

–

–

–

(685)

4

(6)

3,011

1,301

4,312

500

(996)

(131)

(685)

15

25

277

387

10,941

26,934

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 47

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31
[IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLL ARS]

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Earnings before income taxes

Income tax paid, net of refunds received

Adjusting items

Change in insurance and investment contract liabilities

Change in funds held by ceding insurers

Change in funds held under reinsurance contracts

Change in reinsurance assets

Change in fair value through profit or loss

Other

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

Dividends paid

By subsidiaries to non-controlling interests

Perpetual preferred shares

Common shares

Issue of common shares by the Corporation [Note 17]

Issue of preferred shares by the Corporation

Redemption of preferred shares by the Corporation [Note 17]

Issue of common shares by subsidiaries

Issue of preferred shares by subsidiaries

Repurchase of common shares by subsidiaries

Redemption of preferred shares by subsidiaries

Issue of euro-denominated debentures

Changes in debt instruments

Change in obligations related to assets sold under repurchase agreements

Change in obligations to securitization entities

Other

INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES

Bond sales and maturities

Mortgage loan repayments

Sale of shares

Change in loans to policyholders

Business acquisitions, net of cash and cash equivalents acquired

Investment in bonds

Investment in mortgage loans

Investment in shares

Investment in investment properties and other

Effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

NET CASH FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES INCLUDES

Interest and dividends received

Interest paid

48 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

2014

4,350

(660)

9,726

428

(34)

(160)

(7,525)

11

6,136

(691)

(132)

(996)

(1,819)

17

–

(175)

44

200

(175)

–

–

(446)

–

1,185

33

(1,136)

27,263

2,525

3,171

73

(43)

(31,462)

(4,703)

(2,156)

(101)

(5,433)

78

(355)

4,344

3,989

5,479

533

2013

3,689

(426)

(567)

269

(99)

321

2,974

(510)

5,651

(685)

(128)

(995)

(1,808)

45

500

–

742

–

(122)

(230)

659

183

(225)

873

1

618

28,776

1,910

2,158

70

(1,234)

(31,252)

(3,541)

(2,048)

(267)

(5,428)

190

1,031

3,313

4,344

4,965

490

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

ALL TABULAR AMOUNTS ARE IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLLARS, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

NOTE 1  CORPORATE INFORMATION

Power Financial Corporation (Power Financial or the Corporation) is a publicly 

The Consolidated Financial Statements of Power Financial for the year ended 

listed company (TSX: PWF) incorporated and domiciled in Canada whose 

December 31, 2014 were approved by its Board of Directors on March 18, 2015. 

registered address is 751 Victoria Square, Montréal, Québec, Canada, H2Y 2J3.

The Corporation is controlled by Power Corporation of Canada.

Power Financial is a diversified international management and holding 

company that holds interests, directly or indirectly, in companies in the 

financial services sector in Canada, the United States, Europe and Asia. 

Through its investment in Pargesa Holding SA, Power Financial also has 

substantial holdings based in Europe.

NOTE 2  BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The financial statements of Power Financial at December 31, 2014 have 

Jointly controlled corporations are entities in which unanimous consent is 

been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting 

required for decisions relating to relevant activities. Associates are entities 

Standards (IFRS).

Effective  January  1,  2014,  the  Corporation  adopted  the  guidance  in  the 

following amendments and interpretations: IAS 32, Financial Instrument: 

Presentation,  IAS  36,  Impairment  of  Assets,  IAS  39,  Financial  Instruments: 

Recognition  and  Measurement  and  IFRIC  21,  Levies.  The  adoption  of  the 

amendments and interpretations did not have a significant impact on the 

Corporation’s financial statements.

B A S I S O F P R E S E N TAT I O N

The financial statements include the accounts of Power Financial and all 

its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis after elimination of intercompany 

transactions and balances. Subsidiaries are entities the Corporation controls 

in which the Corporation exercises significant influence over the entity’s 

operating and financial policies, without exercising control or joint control. 

Investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates are accounted 

for using the equity method. Under the equity method, the share of net 

earnings, other comprehensive income and the changes in equity of the jointly 

controlled corporations and associates are recognized in the statements of 

earnings, statements of comprehensive income and statements of changes 

in equity, respectively.

The  Corporation  holds  a  50%  (2013  –  50%)  interest  in  Parjointco  N.V., 

a jointly controlled corporation that is considered to be a joint venture. 

Parjointco holds a 55.5% (2013 – 55.6%) equity interest in Pargesa Holding SA. 

Accordingly, the Corporation accounts for its investment in Parjointco using 

which means that the Corporation has power over the entity, it is exposed, or 

the equity method.

has rights, to variable returns from its involvement and has the ability to affect 

those returns through its use of power over the entity. Subsidiaries of the 

Corporation are consolidated from the date of acquisition, being the date on 

which the Corporation obtains control, and continue to be consolidated until 

the date that such control ceases. The Corporation will reassess whether or 

not it controls an entity if facts and circumstances indicate there are changes 

to one or more of the elements of control listed above.

The principal subsidiaries of the Corporation, whose accounts are included 

on a consolidated basis, are:

The  following  abbreviations  are  used  throughout  this  report:  Power 

Corporation of Canada (Power Corporation); Great-West Life & Annuity 

Insurance Company (Great-West Financial or Great-West Life & Annuity); 

Great-West Lifeco Inc. (Lifeco); IGM Financial Inc. (IGM or IGM Financial); 

Investors  Group  Inc.  (Investors  Group);  Irish  Life  Group  Limited  (Irish 

Life); London Life Insurance Company (London Life); Mackenzie Financial 

Corporation (Mackenzie); Pargesa Holding SA (Pargesa); Parjointco N.V. 

(Parjointco); Putnam Investments, LLC (Putnam); The Canada Life Assurance 

Company (Canada Life); The Great-West Life Assurance Company (Great-West 

>  Great-West Lifeco Inc., a public company (direct interest of 67.2% (2013 – 

Life); International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).

67.0%)), whose major operating subsidiary companies are The Great-West 

Life Assurance Company, Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company, 

London Life Insurance Company, The Canada Life Assurance Company, Irish 

Life Group Limited and Putnam Investments, LLC.

>  IGM Financial Inc., a public company (direct interest of 58.8% (2013 – 58.6%)), 

whose major operating subsidiary companies are Investors Group Inc. and 

Mackenzie Financial Corporation.

>  The Great-West Life Assurance Company holds 3.7% (2013 – 3.6%) of the 

common shares of IGM Financial Inc., and IGM Financial Inc. holds 4.0% 

(2013 – 4.0%) of the common shares of Great-West Lifeco Inc.

These  financial  statements  of  Power  Financial  include  the  results  of 

Great-West Lifeco Inc. and IGM Financial Inc. on a consolidated basis; the 

amounts shown in the consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements 

of earnings, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated 

statements of changes in equity and consolidated statements of cash flows 

are based upon the publicly disclosed consolidated financial statements of 

Great-West Lifeco Inc. and IGM Financial Inc., both as at and for the year ended 

December 31, 2014, and the comparative year. The notes to Power Financial’s 

financial statements are based upon the notes to the financial statements 

of Great-West Lifeco Inc. and IGM Financial Inc.

U S E  O F S I G N I F I C A N T   J U D G M E N T S , 
E S T I M AT E S  A N D  A S S U M P T I O N S

In  the  preparation  of  the  financial  statements,  management  of  the 

Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  are  required  to  make  estimates  and 

assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, net 

earnings and related disclosures. Significant judgments have been made and 

key sources of estimation uncertainty have been made in certain areas, and 

are discussed throughout the notes in these financial statements, including:

>  Management  consolidates  all  subsidiaries  and  entities  which  it  is 

determined  that  the  Corporation  has  control.  Control  is  evaluated 

according to the ability of the Corporation to direct the activities of the 

subsidiary or other structured entities in order to derive variable returns. 

Management  applies  judgment  to  determine  if  it  has  control  of  the 

investee when it has less than a majority of the voting rights.

>  The  actuarial  assumptions  made  by  management  of  Lifeco,  include 

policyholder behaviour, mortality and morbidity of policyholders, which 

are used in the valuation of insurance and investment contract liabilities in 

accordance with the Canadian Asset Liability Method (Note 12).

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 49

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2  BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

>  Management  of  Lifeco  uses  judgment  to  evaluate  the  classification 

>  The results reflect judgments of management of the Corporation and its 

of insurance and reinsurance contracts to determine whether these 

subsidiaries regarding the impact of prevailing global credit, equity and 

arrangements  should  be  accounted  for  as  insurance,  investment  or 

foreign exchange market conditions.

service contracts.

>  The actuarial assumptions used in determining the expense and defined 

benefit obligations for the Corporation and its subsidiaries’ pension plans 

and other post-employment benefits. Management of the Corporation and 

its subsidiaries review previous experience of its plan members and market 

conditions, including interest rates and inflation rates, in evaluating the 

assumptions used in determining the expense (Note 24).

>  Management of the Corporation and of its subsidiaries evaluate the 

synergies and future benefits for initial recognition and measurement 

R E V E N U E R E C O G N I T I O N

Interest income is accounted for on an accrual basis using the effective interest 

method for bonds and mortgage loans. Dividend income is recognized 

when the right to receive payment is established. This is the ex-dividend 

date for listed stocks and usually the notification date or date when the 

shareholders have approved the dividend for private equity instruments. 

Interest income and dividend income are recorded in net investment income 

in the Consolidated Statements of Earnings (statements of earnings).

of goodwill and intangible assets, as well as testing for impairment. The 

LIFECO

determination of the carrying value and recoverable amount of the cash 

Premiums for all types of insurance contracts and contracts with limited 

generating units (to which goodwill and intangible assets are assigned 

mortality or morbidity risk are generally recognized as revenue when due 

to) relies upon the use of forecasts of future financial results and other key 

and collection is reasonably assured.

assumptions (Note 10).

Investment property income includes rents earned from tenants under lease 

>  Cash generating units for which goodwill has been assigned to, have been 

agreements and property tax and operating cost recoveries. Rental income 

determined by management of the Corporation and of its subsidiaries 

leases with contractual rent increases and rent-free periods are recognized 

as the lowest level at which goodwill is monitored for internal reporting 

on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

purposes. Management of the Corporation and of its subsidiaries use 

judgment in determining the lowest level of monitoring (Note 10).

Fee  income  primarily  includes  fees  earned  from  the  management  of 

segregated fund assets, proprietary mutual fund assets, fees earned on 

>  The Corporation and its subsidiaries operate within various tax jurisdictions 

administrative services only for Group health contracts and fees earned 

where significant management judgments and estimates are required 

from management services. Fee income is recognized when the service is 

when interpreting the relevant tax laws, regulations and legislation in the 

performed, the amount is collectible and can be reasonably estimated.

determination of the Corporation and of its subsidiaries’ tax provisions and 

the carrying amounts of its tax assets and liabilities (Note 16).

Lifeco has sub-advisor arrangements where Lifeco retains the primary 

obligation with the client. As a result, fee income earned is reported on a gross 

>  In  the  determination  of  the  fair  value  of  financial  instruments, 

basis, with the corresponding sub-advisor expense recorded in operating and 

management of the Corporation and its subsidiaries exercise judgment in 

administrative expenses.

the determination of fair value inputs, particularly those items categorized 

within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy including the significant observable 

IGM FINANCIAL

inputs used in measuring investment properties (Note 26).

Management fees are based on the net asset value of the investment fund 

>  Legal and other provisions are recognized resulting from a past event which, 

in the judgment of management of the Corporation and its subsidiaries, 

has resulted in a probable outflow of economic resources which would 

be passed onto a third party to settle the obligation. Management of the 

Corporation and its subsidiaries use judgment to evaluate the possible 

outcomes and risks and determine the best estimate of the provision at 

the balance sheet date (Note 30).

>  Management of Lifeco uses independent qualified appraisal services 

or other assets under management and are recognized on an accrual basis 

as the service is performed. Administration fees are also recognized on an 

accrual basis as the service is performed. Distribution fees derived from 

investment fund and securities transactions are recognized on a trade-

date basis. Distribution fees derived from insurance and other financial 

services transactions are recognized on an accrual basis. These management, 

administration  and  distribution  fees  are  included  in  fee  income  in  the 

statements of earnings.

which include judgments and estimates. These appraisals are adjusted by 

C A S H  A N D  C A S H  E Q U I VA L E N T S

applying management judgments and estimates for material changes in 

property cash flows, capital expenditures or general market conditions in 

determining the fair value of investment properties (Note 5).

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash,  current  operating  accounts, 

overnight bank and term deposits with original maturities of three months 

or less, and fixed income securities with an original term to maturity of three 

>  The  determination  by  IGM’s  management  of  whether  securitized 

months or less.

mortgages are derecognized is based on the extent to which the risk and 

rewards of ownership are transferred (Note 13).

I N V E S T M E N T S

>  The determination by IGM’s management of the estimated useful lives of 

deferred selling commissions (Note 10).

>  In the consolidated statements of cash flows, purchases and sales of 

portfolio investments are recorded within investment activities due to 

the long-term nature of these investing activities.

Investments include bonds, mortgage loans, shares, investment properties, 

and loans to policyholders of Lifeco. Investments are classified as either fair 

value through profit or loss, available for sale, held to maturity, loans and 

receivables, or non-financial instruments based on management’s intention 

relating to the purpose and nature of the instruments or the characteristics 

of the investments. The Corporation and its subsidiaries currently have not 

>  Management of Lifeco uses judgments, such as the risks and benefits 

classified any investments as held to maturity.

associated with the transaction that are used in determining whether 

Lifeco  retains  the  primar y  obligation  with  a  client  in  sub-advisor 

arrangements. Where Lifeco retains the risks and benefits, revenue and 

Investments in bonds (including fixed income securities), mortgage loans and 

shares normally actively traded on a public market are either designated or 

classified as fair value through profit or loss or classified as available for sale 

expenses are recorded on a gross basis.

and are recorded on a trade-date basis. 

50 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 2  BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

A financial asset is designated as fair value through profit or loss on initial 

curves, prepayment rates and other relevant factors. For bonds that are not 

recognition if it eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch. 

traded in active markets, valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity, and such 

For Lifeco, changes in the fair value of financial assets designated as fair 

adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In the absence 

value through profit or loss are generally offset by changes in insurance 

of such evidence, management’s best estimate is used.

contract liabilities, since the measurement of insurance contract liabilities is 

determined with reference to the assets supporting the liabilities. 

Shares at fair value through profit or loss and available for sale  Fair values for 

publicly traded shares are generally determined by the last bid price for the 

A financial asset is classified as fair value through profit or loss on initial 

security from the exchange where it is principally traded. Fair values for shares 

recognition if it is part of a portfolio that is actively traded for the purpose of 

for which there is no active market are determined by discounting expected 

earning investment income. 

Fair value through profit or loss investments are recognized at fair value on 

the balance sheets with realized and unrealized gains and losses reported in 

the statements of earnings. Available-for-sale investments are recognized at 

fair value on the balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses recorded in 

other comprehensive income. Realized gains and losses are reclassified from 

future cash flows. The Corporation and its subsidiaries maximize the use 

of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when 

measuring fair value. The Corporation and its subsidiaries obtain quoted 

prices in active markets, when available, for identical assets at the balance 

sheets dates to measure shares at fair value in its fair value through profit or 

loss and available-for-sale portfolios.

other comprehensive income and recorded in the statements of earnings 

Mortgage loans and bonds classified as loans and receivables  For disclosure 

when the available-for-sale investment is sold or impaired.

purposes only, fair values for bonds and mortgage loans, classified as loans 

Investments in mortgage loans and bonds not normally actively traded 

on a public market are classified as loans and receivables and are carried 

at amortized cost net of any allowance for credit losses. Impairments and 

realized gains and losses on the sale of investments classified as loans 

and receivables, are determined by discounting expected future cash flows 

using current market rates. Valuation inputs typically include benchmark 

yields and risk-adjusted spreads based on current lending activities and 

market activity.

and receivables are recorded in net investment income in the statements 

Investment properties  Fair values for investment properties are determined 

of earnings.

Investment properties are real estate held to earn rental income or for 

capital appreciation. Investment properties are initially measured at cost 

and subsequently carried at fair value on the balance sheets. All changes 

in fair value are recorded as net investment income in the statements of 

earnings. Properties held to earn rental income or for capital appreciation 

that have an insignificant portion that is owner occupied or where there is no 

intent to occupy on a long-term basis are classified as investment properties. 

Properties that do not meet these criteria are classified as owner-occupied 

properties. Property that is leased that would otherwise be classified as 

using independent qualified appraisal services and include adjustments by 

Lifeco management for material changes in property cash flows, capital 

expenditures or general market conditions in the interim period between 

appraisals. The determination of the fair value of investment property 

requires the use of estimates including future cash flows (such as future 

leasing assumptions, rental rates, capital and operating expenditures) and 

discount, reversionary and overall capitalization rates applicable to the 

asset based on current market conditions. Investment properties under 

construction are valued at fair value if such values can be reliably determined; 

otherwise, they are recorded at cost.

investment property if owned is also included within investment properties.

Impairment 

Investments are reviewed regularly on an individual basis to 

Loans to policyholders of Lifeco are classified as loans and receivables. Loans 

to policyholders are shown at their unpaid principal balance and are fully 

secured by the cash surrender values of the policies. The carrying value of 

loans to policyholders approximates fair value.

Fair value measurement  Financial instrument carrying values necessarily 

reflect the prevailing market liquidity and the liquidity premiums embedded 

in the market pricing methods the Corporation and its subsidiaries rely 

upon. The following is a description of the methodologies used to determine 

fair value.

Bonds at fair value through profit or loss and available for sale  Fair values for 

bonds classified at fair value through profit or loss or available for sale are 

determined with reference to quoted market bid prices primarily provided by 

third-party independent pricing sources. The Corporation and its subsidiaries 

maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable 

inputs when measuring fair value. The Corporation and its subsidiaries obtain 

quoted prices in active markets, when available, for identical assets at the 

balance sheet date to measure bonds at fair value in its fair value through 

profit or loss and available-for-sale portfolios. Where prices are not quoted 

in a normally active market, fair values are determined by valuation models.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries estimate the fair value of bonds not 

traded in active markets by referring to actively traded securities with similar 

attributes, dealer quotations, matrix pricing methodology, discounted cash 

flow analyses and/or internal valuation models. This methodology considers 

such factors as the issuer’s industry, the security’s rating, term, coupon rate 

and position in the capital structure of the issuer, as well as yield curves, credit 

determine impairment status. The Corporation and its subsidiaries consider 

various factors in the impairment evaluation process, including, but not 

limited to, the financial condition of the issuer, specific adverse conditions 

affecting an industry or region, decline in fair value not related to interest 

rates, bankruptcy or defaults, and delinquency in payments of interest 

or principal.

Investments are deemed to be impaired when there is no longer reasonable 

assurance of collection. The fair value of an investment is not a definitive 

indicator of impairment, as it may be significantly influenced by other factors, 

including the remaining term to maturity and liquidity of the asset. However, 

market price is taken into consideration when evaluating impairment.

For impaired mortgage loans, and bonds classified as loans and receivables, 

provisions are established or impairments recorded to adjust the carrying 

value to the net realizable amount. Wherever possible, the fair value of 

collateral underlying the loans or observable market price is used to establish 

net realizable value. For impaired available-for-sale bonds, the accumulated 

loss recorded in other comprehensive income is reclassified to net investment 

income. Impairments on available-for-sale debt instruments are reversed if 

there is objective evidence that a permanent recovery has occurred. All gains 

and losses on bonds, mortgage loans and shares classified or designated as fair 

value through profit or loss are already recorded in net earnings, therefore, a 

reduction due to impairment of these assets will be recorded in net earnings. 

As well, when determined to be impaired, interest is no longer accrued and 

previous interest accruals are reversed. Impairment losses on available-for-

sale shares are recorded if the loss is significant or prolonged and subsequent 

losses are recorded in net earnings.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 51

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2  BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Fair value movement on the assets supporting insurance contract liabilities 

process, including, but not limited to, collectability of amounts due under the 

is a major factor in the movement of insurance contract liabilities. Changes 

terms of the contract. The carrying amount of a reinsurance asset is adjusted 

in the fair value of bonds designated or classified as fair value through 

through an allowance account with any impairment loss being recorded in 

profit or loss that support insurance contract liabilities are largely offset by 

the statements of earnings.

corresponding changes in the fair value of liabilities, except when the bond 

has been deemed impaired.

Any gains or losses on buying reinsurance are recognized in the statement 

of earnings immediately at the date of purchase in accordance with the 

Securities lending  Lifeco engages in securities lending through its securities 

Canadian Asset Liability Method.

custodians as lending agents. Loaned securities are not derecognized, and 

continue to be reported within investments, as Lifeco retains substantial 

risks and rewards and economic benefits related to the loaned securities.

Assets and liabilities related to reinsurance are reported on a gross basis in 

the balance sheets. The amount of liabilities ceded to reinsurers is estimated 

in a manner consistent with the claim liability associated with reinsured risks.

T R A N S AC T I O N C O S T S

Transaction costs are expensed as incurred for financial instruments classified 

or designated as fair value through profit or loss. Transaction costs for 

financial assets classified as available for sale or loans and receivables are 

added to the value of the instrument at acquisition, and taken into net 

earnings using the effective interest rate method for those allocated to 

loans and receivables. Transaction costs for financial liabilities classified as 

other than fair value through profit or loss are deducted from the value of the 

instrument issued and taken into net earnings using the effective interest 

rate method.

OW N E R - O C C U P I E D P R O P E R T I E S 
A N D  C A P I TA L A S S E T S

Owner-occupied  properties  and  capital  assets  are  carried  at  cost  less 

accumulated depreciation and impairments. Depreciation is charged to write 

off the cost of assets, using the straight-line method, over their estimated 

useful lives, on the following bases:

>  Building, owner-occupied properties 

>  Equipment, furniture and fixtures 

>  Other capital assets 

10–50 years

3–17 years

3–10 years

F U N D S H E L D BY  C E D I N G I N S U R E R S  /   
F U N D S H E L D U N D E R  R E I N S U R A N C E  C O N T R AC T S

Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at least 

annually and adjusted if necessary. Capital assets are tested for impairment 

whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 

Funds held by ceding insurers are assets that would normally be paid to 

amount may not be recoverable.

Lifeco but are withheld by the cedant to reduce potential credit risk. Under 

certain forms of reinsurance contracts it is customary for the cedant to 

OT H E R  A S S E T S

retain amounts on a funds-withheld basis supporting the insurance contract 

liabilities ceded. For the funds-withheld assets where the underlying asset 

portfolio is managed by Lifeco, the credit risk is retained by Lifeco. The funds-

withheld balance where Lifeco assumes the credit risk is measured at the fair 

Other  assets  include  accounts  receivable,  prepaid  expenses,  deferred 

acquisition costs and miscellaneous other assets which are measured at 

amortized cost. Deferred acquisition costs relating to investment contracts 

are recognized as assets if the costs are incremental and incurred due to the 

value of the underlying asset portfolio. See Note 6 for funds held by ceding 

contract being issued.

insurers that are managed by Lifeco. Other funds held by ceding insurers are 

general obligations of the cedant and serve as collateral for insurance contract 

liabilities assumed from cedants. Funds-withheld assets on these contracts 

do not have fixed maturity dates, their release generally being dependent on 

the run-off of the corresponding insurance contract liabilities.

On the liability side, funds held under reinsurance contracts consist mainly of 

amounts retained by Lifeco from ceded business written on a funds-withheld 

basis. Lifeco withholds assets related to ceded insurance contract liabilities 

in order to reduce credit risk.

R E I N S U R A N C E  C O N T R AC T S

Lifeco, in the normal course of business, is a user of reinsurance in order 

to  limit  the  potential  for  losses  arising  from  certain  exposures  and  a 

provider of reinsurance. Assumed reinsurance refers to the acceptance of 

B U S I N E S S  C O M B I N AT I O N S ,  G O O DW I L L 
A N D  I N TA N G I B L E  A S S E T S

Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. 

Goodwill represents the excess of purchase consideration over the fair value 

of net assets acquired. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at 

cost less any accumulated impairment losses.

Intangible assets comprise finite life and indefinite life intangible assets. Finite 

life intangible assets include the value of technology and software, customer 

contract-related and deferred selling commissions. Finite life intangible assets 

are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 

indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Intangible assets 

with finite lives are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated 

useful lives on the following basis: i) technology and software (5 to 10 years) 

certain insurance risks by Lifeco underwritten by another company. Ceded 

and ii) customer contract-related (9 to 20 years).

reinsurance refers to the transfer of insurance risk, along with the respective 

Commissions paid by IGM on the sale of certain mutual funds are deferred and 

premiums, to one or more reinsurers who will share the risks. To the extent 

amortized over their estimated useful lives, not exceeding a period of seven 

that assuming reinsurers are unable to meet their obligations, Lifeco remains 

years. Commissions paid on the sale of deposits are deferred and amortized 

liable to its policyholders for the portion reinsured. Consequently, allowances 

over their estimated useful lives, not exceeding a period of five years. When 

are made for reinsurance contracts which are deemed uncollectible.

a client redeems units in mutual funds that are subject to a deferred sales 

Reinsurance contracts are insurance contracts and undergo the classification 

as described within the Insurance and Investment Contract Liabilities section 

of  this  note.  Assumed  reinsurance  premiums,  commissions  and  claim 

settlements, as well as the reinsurance assets associated with insurance 

and investment contracts, are accounted for in accordance with the terms 

and conditions of the underlying reinsurance contract. Reinsurance assets 

are reviewed for impairment on a regular basis for any events that may trigger 

charge, a redemption fee is paid by the client and is recorded as revenue by 

IGM. Any unamortized deferred selling commission asset recognized on the 

initial sale of these investment fund units or shares is recorded as a disposal. 

IGM regularly reviews the carrying value of deferred selling commissions with 

respect to any events or circumstances that indicate impairment. Among 

the tests performed by IGM to assess recoverability is the comparison of the 

future economic benefits derived from the deferred selling commission asset 

impairment. Lifeco considers various factors in the impairment evaluation 

in relation to its carrying value.

52 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 2  BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Indefinite life intangible assets include brands, trademarks and trade names, 

Investment contracts are contracts that carry financial risk, which is the 

some customer contracts, the shareholders’ portion of acquired future 

risk of a possible future change in one or more of the following: interest rate, 

participating  account  profit  and  mutual  fund  management  contracts. 

commodity price, foreign exchange rate, or credit rating. Refer to Note 21 for 

Amounts are classified as indefinite life intangible assets when based on 

a discussion on risk management.

an analysis of all the relevant factors, and when there is no foreseeable limit 

to the period over which the asset is expected to generate net cash inflows. 

The identification of indefinite life intangible assets is made by reference to 

relevant factors such as product life cycles, potential obsolescence, industry 

stability and competitive position.

Measurement 

Insurance  contract  liabilities  represent  the  amounts 

required, in addition to future premiums and investment income, to provide 

for future benefit payments, policyholder dividends, commission and policy 

administrative  expenses  for  all  insurance  and  annuity  policies  in  force 

with Lifeco. The Appointed Actuaries of Lifeco’s subsidiary companies are 

Impairment testing  Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are tested 

responsible for determining the amount of the liabilities to make appropriate 

for impairment annually or more frequently if events indicate that impairment 

provisions for Lifeco’s obligations to policyholders. The Appointed Actuaries 

may have occurred. Intangible assets that were previously impaired are 

determine  the  liabilities  for  insurance  and  investment  contracts  using 

reviewed at each reporting date for evidence of reversal. In the event that 

generally accepted actuarial practices, according to the standards established 

certain conditions have been met, the Corporation would be required to 

by the Canadian Institute of Actuaries. The valuation uses the Canadian Asset 

reverse the impairment charge or a portion thereof.

Liability Method. This method involves the projection of future events in order 

Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets have been allocated to groups 

of cash generating units (CGU), representing the lowest level that the assets 

to determine the amount of assets that must be set aside currently to provide 

for all future obligations and involves a significant amount of judgment.

are monitored for internal reporting purposes. Goodwill and indefinite life 

In the computation of insurance contract liabilities, valuation assumptions 

intangible assets are tested for impairment by comparing the carrying value 

have  been  made  regarding  rates  of  mortality/morbidity,  investment 

of the groups of CGU to the recoverable amount to which the goodwill has 

returns,  levels  of  operating  expenses,  rates  of  policy  termination  and 

been allocated. Intangible assets are tested for impairment by comparing the 

rates of utilization of elective policy options or provisions. The valuation 

asset’s carrying amount to its recoverable amount.

assumptions  use  best  estimates  of  future  experience  together  with 

An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying 

amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the 

higher of the asset’s fair value less cost of disposal or value in use, which is 

calculated using the present value of estimated future cash flows expected 

to be generated.

S E G R E G AT E D  F U N D S

a margin for adverse deviation. These margins are necessary to provide 

for possibilities of misestimation and/or future deterioration in the best 

estimate assumptions and provide reasonable assurance that insurance 

contract liabilities cover a range of possible outcomes. Margins are reviewed 

periodically for continued appropriateness.

Investment contract liabilities are measured at fair value through profit and 

loss, except for certain annuity products measured at amortized cost.

Segregated fund assets and liabilities arise from contracts where all financial 

risks associated with the related assets are borne by policyholders and are 

D E R E C O G N I T I O N   O F   S E C U R I T I Z E D  M O R TG AG E S

presented separately in the balance sheets. The assets and liabilities are 

IGM enters into transactions where it transfers financial assets recognized 

set equal to the fair value of the underlying asset portfolio. Investment 

on its balance sheets. The determination of whether the financial assets 

income and changes in fair value of the segregated fund assets are offset by 

are derecognized is based on the extent to which the risks and rewards of 

corresponding changes in the segregated fund liabilities.

ownership are transferred.

I N S U R A N C E A N D I N V E S TM ENT CO NTR AC T LIA B I LITI E S

Contract classification  When significant insurance risk exists, Lifeco’s 

products are classified at contract inception as insurance contracts, in 

accordance with IFRS 4, Insurance Contracts (IFRS 4). Significant insurance 

risk exists when Lifeco agrees to compensate policyholders or beneficiaries 

of the contract for specified uncertain future events that adversely affect the 

policyholder and whose amount and timing is unknown. Refer to Note 12 for 

a discussion of insurance risk.

In the absence of significant insurance risk, the contract is classified as 

an investment contract or service contract. Investment contracts with 

discretionary participating features are accounted for in accordance with 

IFRS 4 and investment contracts without discretionary participating features 

are accounted for in accordance with IAS 39, Financial Instruments: Recognition 

and Measurement. Lifeco has not classified any contracts as investment 

contracts with discretionary participating features.

Investment  contracts  may  be  reclassified  as  insurance  contracts  after 

If substantially all of the risks and rewards of a financial asset are not retained, 

IGM derecognizes the financial asset. The gains or losses and the servicing 

fee revenue for financial assets that are derecognized are reported in net 

investment income in the statements of earnings.

If all or substantially all risks and rewards are retained, the financial assets 

are not derecognized and the transactions are accounted for as secured 

financing transactions.

OT H E R  F I N A N C I A L  L I A B I L I T I E S

Debentures and debt instruments, and capital trust debentures are initially 

recorded on the balance sheets at fair value and subsequently carried at 

amortized cost using the effective interest rate method with amortization 

expense  recorded  in  the  statements  of  earnings.  These  liabilities  are 

derecognized when the obligation is cancelled or redeemed.

Accounts payable, current income taxes, and deferred income reserves are 

measured at amortized cost. Deferred income reserves are amortized on a 

straight-line basis to recognize the initial policy fees over the policy term, not 

inception if insurance risk becomes significant. A contract that is classified 

as an insurance contract at contract inception remains as such until all rights 

to exceed 20 years.

and obligations under the contract are extinguished or expire.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 53

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2  BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

R E P U R C H A S E AG R E E M E N T S

Current income tax  Current income tax is based on taxable income for 

Lifeco enters into repurchase agreements with third-party broker-dealers in 

the year. Current tax liabilities (assets) for the current and prior periods are 

which Lifeco sells securities and agrees to repurchase substantially similar 

measured at the amount expected to be paid to (recovered from) the taxation 

securities at a specified date and price. As substantially all of the risks and 

authorities using the rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted 

rewards of ownership of assets are retained, Lifeco does not derecognize 

at the balance sheet date. Current tax assets and current tax liabilities are 

the assets.

Lifeco accounts for certain forward-settling to-be-announced “TBA” security 

transactions as derivatives as it does not regularly accept delivery of such 

securities when issued.

P E N S I O N P L A N S  A N D  OT H E R 
P O S T- E M P LOY M E N T  B E N E F I T S

The Corporation and its subsidiaries maintain funded defined benefit pension 

plans for certain employees and advisors, unfunded supplementary employee 

retirement plans for certain employees, and unfunded post-employment 

health, dental and life insurance benefits to eligible employees, advisors 

and their dependants. The Corporation’s subsidiaries also maintain defined 

contribution pension plans for eligible employees and advisors.

offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to offset the recognized amounts 

and the entity intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realize the assets 

and settle the liabilities simultaneously.

A provision for tax uncertainties which meets the probable threshold for 

recognition is measured based on the probability weighted average approach.

Deferred income tax  Deferred income tax is the tax expected to be payable 

or recoverable on differences arising between the carrying amounts of assets 

and liabilities in the financial statements and the corresponding tax basis used 

in the computation of taxable income and on unused tax attributes and is 

accounted for using the balance sheet liability method. Deferred tax liabilities 

are generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences and deferred 

tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future taxable 

profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences and 

The defined benefit pension plans provide pensions based on length of service 

unused tax attributes can be utilized.

and final average earnings.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates expected to 

The cost of the defined benefit plans earned by eligible employees and advisors 

apply in the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on 

is actuarially determined using the projected unit credit method prorated 

tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the 

on service, based upon management of the Corporation and its subsidiaries’ 

balance sheet date. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, 

assumptions about discount rates, compensation increases, retirement ages 

if a legally enforceable right exists to net current tax assets against current 

of employees, mortality and expected health care costs. Any changes in these 

tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the 

assumptions will impact the carrying amount of defined benefit obligations. 

same taxation authority.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries’ accrued benefit liability in respect of 

defined benefit plans is calculated separately for each plan by discounting the 

amount of the benefit that employees have earned in return for their service 

in current and prior periods and deducting the fair value of any plan assets.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each balance sheet 

date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient 

future taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the deferred 

tax asset to be utilized. Unrecognized deferred tax assets are reassessed at 

The Corporation and its subsidiaries determine the net interest component 

each balance sheet date and are recognized to the extent that it has become 

of the pension expense for the period by applying the discount rate used to 

probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to 

measure the accrued benefit liability at the beginning of the annual period 

be recovered.

to the net accrued benefit liability. The discount rate used to value liabilities 

is determined using a yield curve of AA corporate debt securities. If the 

plan benefits are changed, or a plan is curtailed, any past service costs or 

curtailment gains or losses are recognized immediately in net earnings. Net 

interest costs, current service costs, past service costs and curtailment gains 

or losses are included in operating and administrative expenses.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences 

arising on investments in the subsidiaries, jointly controlled corporations and 

associates, except where the group controls the timing of the reversal of the 

temporary differences and it is probable that the temporary differences will 

not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Remeasurements arising from defined benefit plans represent actuarial 

D E R I VAT I V E  F I N A N C I A L I N S T R U M E N T S

gains and losses, and the actual return on plan assets, less interest calculated 

The  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  use  derivative  products  as  risk 

at the discount rate and changes in the asset ceiling. Remeasurements are 

management instruments to hedge or manage asset, liability and capital 

recognized immediately through other comprehensive income and are not 

positions, including revenues. The Corporation and its subsidiaries’ policy 

reclassified to net earnings.

guidelines  prohibit  the  use  of  derivative  instruments  for  speculative 

The accrued benefit asset (liability) represents the plan surplus (deficit) and 

trading purposes.

is included in other assets or other liabilities.

Payments to the defined contribution plans are expensed as incurred.

I N C O M E TA X E S

All derivatives are recorded at fair value on the balance sheets. The method 

of recognizing unrealized and realized fair value gains and losses depends 

on whether the derivatives are designated as hedging instruments. For 

derivatives that are not designated as hedging instruments, unrealized 

The income tax expense for the period represents the sum of current income 

and realized gains and losses are recorded in net investment income on the 

tax and deferred income tax. Income tax is recognized as an expense or 

statements of earnings. For derivatives designated as hedging instruments, 

income in the statements of earnings, except to the extent that it relates 

unrealized and realized gains and losses are recognized according to the 

to items that are not recognized in the statements of earnings (whether in 

nature of the hedged item.

other comprehensive income or directly in equity), in which case the income 

tax is also recognized in other comprehensive income or directly in equity.

54 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 2  BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

Derivatives are valued using market transactions and other market evidence 

E Q U I T Y

whenever possible, including market-based inputs to models, broker or dealer 

Financial instruments issued by Power Financial are classified as stated capital 

quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price 

if they represent a residual interest in the assets of the Corporation. Preferred 

transparency. When models are used, the selection of a particular model 

shares are classified as equity if they are non-redeemable, or retractable only 

to value a derivative depends on the contractual terms of, and specific risks 

at the Corporation’s option and any dividends are discretionary. Costs that are 

inherent in, the instrument, as well as the availability of pricing information 

directly attributable to the issue of share capital are recognized as a deduction 

in the market. The Corporation and its subsidiaries generally use similar 

from retained earnings, net of income tax.

models to value similar instruments. Valuation models require a variety of 

inputs, including contractual terms, market prices and rates, yield curves, 

credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates and correlations of 

such inputs.

Reser ves  are  composed  of  share-based  compensation  and  other 

comprehensive income. Share-based compensation reserves represent the 

vesting of share options less share options exercised. Other comprehensive 

income represents the total of the unrealized foreign exchange gains (losses) 

To  qualify  for  hedge  accounting,  the  relationship  between  the  hedged 

on translation of foreign operations, the unrealized gains (losses) on available-

item and the hedging instrument must meet several strict conditions on 

for-sale assets, the unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, and the 

documentation, probability of occurrence, hedge effectiveness and reliability 

share of other comprehensive income of jointly controlled corporations 

of measurement. If these conditions are not met, then the relationship 

and associates.

does not qualify for hedge accounting treatment and both the hedged item 

and the hedging instrument are reported independently, as if there was no 

Non-controlling  interests  represent  the  proportion  of  equity  that  is 

attributable to minority shareholders.

hedging relationship.

Where a hedging relationship exists, the Corporation and its subsidiaries 

S H A R E - B A S E D   PAY M E N T S

document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, 

The  fair  value-based  method  of  accounting  is  used  for  the  valuation  of 

as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various 

compensation expense for options granted to employees. Compensation 

hedge transactions. This process includes linking derivatives that are used in 

expense is recognized as an increase to operating and administrative expenses 

hedging transactions to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheets 

in the statements of earnings over the vesting period of the granted options, 

or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Corporation 

with a corresponding increase in share-based compensation reserves. When 

and its subsidiaries also assess, both at the hedge’s inception and on an 

the stock options are exercised, the proceeds, together with the amount 

ongoing basis, whether derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are 

recorded in share-based compensation reserves, are added to the stated 

effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. 

capital of the entity issuing the corresponding shares.

Hedge effectiveness is reviewed quarterly through correlation testing.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries recognize a liability for cash-settled 

Fair value hedges  For fair value hedges, changes in fair value of both the 

awards, including those granted under Performance Share Unit plans and 

hedging instrument and the hedged item are recorded in net investment 

the Deferred Share Unit plans. Compensation expense is recognized as 

income and consequently any ineffective portion of the hedge is recorded 

an increase to operating and administrative expenses in the statement of 

immediately in net investment income.

Cash flow hedges  For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the change 

in fair value of the hedging instrument is recorded in other comprehensive 

income, while the ineffective portion is recognized immediately in net 

investment income. Gains and losses on cash flow hedges that accumulate 

in other comprehensive income are recorded in net investment income in 

the same period the hedged item affects net earnings. Gains and losses on 

cash flow hedges are immediately reclassified from other comprehensive 

income to net investment income if and when it is probable that a forecasted 

transaction is no longer expected to occur.

Net  investment  hedges  For  net  investment  hedges,  the  effective 

portion of changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument is recorded 

in other comprehensive income while the ineffective portion is recognized 

immediately in net investment income. Hedge accounting is discontinued 

when the hedging no longer qualifies for hedge accounting.

E M B E D D E D D E R I VAT I V E S

earnings, net of related hedges, and a liability is recognized on the balance 

sheets over the period, if any. The liability is remeasured at fair value at each 

reporting period with the change in the liability recorded in operating and 

administrative expenses.

F O R E I G N  C U R R E N C Y  T R A N S L AT I O N

The  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  operate  with  multiple  functional 

currencies. The Corporation’s financial statements are prepared in Canadian 

dollars, which is the functional and presentation currency of the Corporation.

Assets  and  liabilities  denominated  in  foreign  currencies  are  translated 

into each entity’s functional currency at exchange rates prevailing at the 

balance sheet dates for monetary items and at exchange rates prevailing 

at the transaction date for non-monetary items. Revenues and expenses 

denominated in foreign currencies are translated into each entity’s functional 

currency at an average of daily rates. Realized and unrealized exchange gains 

and losses are included in net investment income and are not material to the 

financial statements of the Corporation.

An embedded derivative is a component of a host contract that modifies 

Translation of net investment in foreign operations  Assets and liabilities 

the cash flows of the host contract in a manner similar to a derivative, 

are translated into Canadian dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at 

according to a specified interest rate, financial instrument price, foreign 

the balance sheet dates and all revenues and expenses are translated at an 

exchange rate, underlying index or other variable. Embedded derivatives are 

average of daily rates. Unrealized foreign currency translation gains and losses 

treated as separate contracts and are recorded at fair value if their economic 

on the Corporation’s net investment in its foreign operations and jointly 

characteristics and risks are not closely related to those of the host contract 

controlled corporations and associates are presented as a component of other 

and the host contract is not itself recorded at fair value through the statement 

comprehensive income. Unrealized foreign currency translation gains and 

of earnings. Embedded derivatives that meet the definition of an insurance 

losses are recognized in earnings when there has been a disposal of a foreign 

contract are accounted for and measured as an insurance contract.

operation, jointly controlled corporation or associate.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 55

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2  BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)

P O L I C Y H O L D E R B E N E F I T S

F U T U R E  AC C O U N T I N G  C H A N G E S

Policyholder benefits include benefits and claims on life insurance contracts, 

The Corporation and its subsidiaries continuously monitor the potential 

maturity payments, annuity payments and surrenders. Gross benefits and 

changes proposed by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) 

claims for life insurance contracts include the cost of all claims arising during 

and analyze the effect that changes in the standards may have on their 

the year and settlement of claims. Death claims and surrenders are recorded 

consolidated financial statements when they become effective.

on the basis of notifications received. Maturities and annuity payments are 

recorded when due.

L E A S E S

Leases that do not transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership 

are classified as operating leases. Payments made under operating leases, 

where the Corporation and its subsidiaries are the lessee, are charged to net 

earnings over the period of use.

Where the Corporation and its subsidiaries are the lessor under an operating 

lease for its investment property, the assets subject to the lease arrangement 

are  presented  within  the  balance  sheets.  Income  from  these  leases  is 

IFRS 9 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

In July 2014 the IASB issued a final 

version of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments to replace IAS 39, Financial Instruments: 

Recognition and Measurements, the current standard for accounting for financial 

instruments. The standard was completed in three separate phases:

>  Classification and measurement: this phase requires that financial assets 

be classified at either amortized cost or fair value on the basis of the entity’s 

business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual cash 

flow characteristics of the financial assets.

>  Impairment methodology: this phase replaces the current incurred loss 

model for impairment of financial assets with an expected loss model.

recognized in the statements of earnings on a straight-line basis over the 

>  Hedge accounting: this phase replaces the current rule-based hedge 

lease term.

E A R N I N G S P E R C O M M O N S H A R E

Basic earnings per common share is determined by dividing net earnings 

available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of 

common shares outstanding for the year. Diluted earnings per common share 

is determined using the same method as basic earnings per common share, 

except that the weighted average number of common shares outstanding 

includes the potential dilutive effect of outstanding stock options granted 

by the Corporation and its subsidiaries, as determined by the treasury 

stock method.

accounting requirements in IAS 39 with guidance that more closely aligns 

the accounting with an entity’s risk management activities.

The standard is effective January 1, 2018. The Corporation and its subsidiaries 

are evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard.

IFRS 15 — REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS 

In May 2014, 

the IASB issued IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which provides 

a single model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from 

contracts with customers. The model requires an entity to recognize revenue 

as the goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that 

reflects the expected consideration. The revenue recognition requirements 

in IFRS 15 do not apply to the revenue arising from insurance contracts, leases 

and financial instruments.

The standard is effective January 1, 2017. The Corporation and its subsidiaries 

are evaluating the impact of the adoption of this standard.

NOTE 3  BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS

J . P.  M O R G A N R E T I R E M E N T  P L A N  S E R V I C E S

On August 29, 2014, Lifeco, through its wholly owned subsidiary Great-West Financial, completed the acquisition of all the voting equity interest in the 

J.P. Morgan Retirement Plan Services’ (RPS) large-market record-keeping business.

The amounts assigned to the assets acquired, goodwill, liabilities assumed and contingent consideration on August 29, 2014 and reported as at December 31, 2014 

are below:

DECEMBER 31

Assets acquired and goodwill

Other assets

Intangible assets

Goodwill

Total assets acquired and goodwill

Liabilities assumed and contingent consideration

Other liabilities

Contingent consideration

Total liabilities assumed and contingent consideration

56 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

2014

41

18

36

95

29

35

64

NOTE 3  BUSINESS ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2014,  Lifeco  substantially  completed  its 

financial statements has been adjusted in the fourth quarter of 2014, as a 

comprehensive  evaluation  of  the  fair  value  of  the  net  assets  acquired 

result of valuations received during the measurement period. Adjustments 

from RPS and the purchase price allocation. Initial goodwill of $55 million 

were made to the provisional amounts disclosed in the September 30, 2014 

recognized upon the acquisition of RPS on August 29, 2014 in the Business 

interim condensed consolidated financial statements for the recognition 

Acquisitions note to the September 30, 2014 interim condensed consolidated 

and  measurement  of  intangible  assets,  contingent  consideration  and 

other liabilities.

The following provides the change in the carrying value of the goodwill on the acquisition of RPS to December 31, 2014:

Initial RPS goodwill, previously reported

Recognition and measurement of intangible assets

Adjustment to contingent consideration

Adjustment to other liabilities

Adjusted balance

55

(18)

(2)

1

36

The goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value 

The results of operations of RPS are included in the financial statements from 

of the net assets acquired, representing the synergies or future economic 

the date of acquisition.

benefits arising from other assets acquired that are not individually identified 

and separately recognized in the acquisition of RPS. The goodwill is not 

deductible for tax purposes. Lifeco will finalize the purchase accounting in 

the first six months of 2015.

At the date of the acquisition, RPS was the named defendant in four pending 

lawsuits. Per the terms of the acquisition, Lifeco is indemnified from any 

and all losses incurred in conjunction with the pending lawsuits. Due to 

Lifeco’s limited involvement with the pending legal proceedings, it is unable 

to make an estimate of the possible loss and related indemnity associated 

with these claims.

I R I S H  L I F E  G R O U P L I M I T E D

On July 18, 2013, Lifeco, through its wholly owned subsidiary Canada Life 

Limited, completed the acquisition of all of the shares of Irish Life. The 

Corporation presented the allocation of the purchase price to the amounts 

of  assets  acquired,  goodwill  and  liabilities  assumed  in  Note  4  to  the 

December 31, 2013 financial statements.

During the three months ended June 30, 2014, Lifeco completed experience 

studies on certain insurance contract liabilities assumed on acquisition. 

There  were  no  changes  to  the  amounts  reported  in  the  Corporation’s 

December 31, 2013 consolidated audited financial statements.

NOTE 4  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

DECEMBER 31

Cash

Cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

2014

1,698

2,291

3,989

2013

1,930

2,414

4,344

At December 31, 2014, cash amounting to $142 million was restricted for use by the subsidiaries ($112 million at December 31, 2013).

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 57

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5  INVESTMENTS

C A R RY I N G VA LU E S  A N D  FA I R  VA LU E S

Carrying values and estimated fair values of investments are as follows:

DECEMBER 31

Bonds

Designated as fair value through profit or loss [1]

Classified as fair value through profit or loss [1]

Available for sale

Loans and receivables

Mortgage loans

Loans and receivables

Designated as fair value through profit or loss [1]

Shares

Designated as fair value through profit or loss [1]

Available for sale [2]

Investment properties

Loans to policyholders

CARRYING
 VALUE

77,790

2,167

10,501

13,178

2014

FAIR 
VALUE

77,790

2,167

10,501

14,659

103,636

105,117

CARRYING 
VALUE

2013

FAIR 
VALUE

68,051

68,051

2,053

8,370

11,855

90,329

2,053

8,370

12,672

91,146

27,199

29,016

24,591

25,212

366

366

324

324

27,565

29,382

24,915

25,536

6,697

620

7,317

4,613

7,711

6,697

620

7,317

4,613

7,711

7,297

749

8,046

4,288

7,332

7,297

749

8,046

4,288

7,332

150,842

154,140

134,910

136,348

[1]  A financial asset is designated as fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition if it eliminates or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch. For Lifeco 

changes in the fair value of financial assets designated as fair value through profit or loss are generally offset by changes in insurance contract liabilities, since the 
measurement of insurance contract liabilities is determined with reference to the assets supporting the liabilities.

A financial asset is classified as fair value through profit or loss on initial recognition if it is part of a portfolio that is actively traded for the purpose of earning 
investment income.

[2]  Fair value of certain shares available for sale cannot be reliably measured, therefore these investments are held at cost.

B O N D S A N D M O R TG AG E S

Carrying value of bonds and mortgages due over the current and non-current term is as follows:

DECEMBER 31, 2014

Bonds

Mortgage loans

DECEMBER 31, 2013

Bonds

Mortgage loans

1 YEAR OR LESS

1-5 YEARS

OVER 5 YEARS

TOTAL

TERM TO MATURIT Y

CARRYING VALUE

11,107

2,546

13,653

19,520

12,010

31,530

72,644

12,630

85,274

103,271

27,186

130,457

CARRYING VALUE

1 YEAR OR LESS

1-5 YEARS

OVER 5 YEARS

TOTAL

TERM TO MATURIT Y

9,571

2,465

12,036

17,774

11,472

29,246

62,616

10,635

73,251

89,961

24,572

114,533

The table shown above excludes the carrying value of impaired bonds and mortgages, as the ultimate timing of collectability is uncertain.

58 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

 
NOTE 5  INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)

I M PA I R E D I N V E S T M E N T S  A N D  A L LOWA N C E   F O R  C R E D I T   LO S S E S

Carrying amount of impaired investments is as follows:

DECEMBER 31

Impaired amounts by classification

Fair value through profit or loss

Available for sale

Loans and receivables

Total

2014

355

14

17

386

2013

384

19

36

439

The above carrying values for loans and receivables are net of allowances for credit losses of $19 million as at December 31, 2014 ($26 million as at December 31, 

2013). The allowance for credit losses is supplemented by the provision for future credit losses included in insurance contract liabilities.

N E T I N V E S T M E N T  I N C O M E

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

Regular net investment income

Investment income earned

Net realized gains

Net recovery (provision) for credit losses (loans and receivables)

Other income (expenses)

Changes in fair value through profit or loss

Net investment income

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

Regular net investment income

Investment income earned

Net realized gains

Net recovery (provision) for credit losses (loans and receivables)

Other income (expenses)

Changes in fair value through profit or loss

Net investment income

BONDS

MORTGAGE
LOANS

SHARES

INVESTMENT 
PROPERTIES

OTHER

TOTAL

4,115

65

(9)

–

4,171

6,605

996

40

(8)

(15)

1,013

2

10,776

1,015

239

11

–

–

250

482

732

319

–

–

(75)

244

262

506

457

6,126

–

–

(97)

360

174

534

116

(17)

(187)

6,038

7,525

13,563

BONDS

MORTGAGE 
LOANS

SHARES

INVESTMENT 
PROPERTIES

OTHER

TOTAL

3,733

94

–

–

3,827

(3,851)

(24)

927

55

(2)

(3)

977

3

980

242

8

–

–

250

860

1,110

276

–

–

(68)

208

152

360

461

–

–

(88)

373

(138)

235

5,639

157

(2)

(159)

5,635

(2,974)

2,661

Investment  income  earned  comprises  income  from  investments  that 

Investment properties income includes rental income earned on investment 

are classified as available for sale, loans and receivables and classified or 

properties, ground rent income earned on leased and sub-leased land, fee 

designated as fair value through profit or loss. Investment income from bonds 

recoveries, lease cancellation income, and interest and other investment 

and mortgage loans includes interest income and premium and discount 

income earned on investment properties.

amortization. Income from shares includes dividends and distributions. 

I N V E S T M E N T P R O P E R T I E S

The carrying value of investment properties and changes in the carrying value of investment properties are as follows:

DECEMBER 31

Balance, beginning of year

Business acquisitions

Additions

Change in fair value through profit or loss

Disposals

Transferred to owner-occupied properties

Foreign exchange rate changes and other

Balance, end of year

2014

4,288

–

127

262

(98)

(13)

47

2013

3,572

248

182

152

(82)

–

216

4,613

4,288

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 59

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 5  INVESTMENTS (CONTINUED)

T R A N S F E R R E D  F I N A N C I A L  A S S E T S

the collateral deposited with Lifeco’s lending agent is cash collateral of 

Lifeco engages in securities lending to generate additional income. Lifeco’s 

$16 million as at December 31, 2014 ($20 million as at December 31, 2013). In 

securities custodians are used as lending agents. Collateral, which exceeds the 

addition, the securities lending agent indemnifies Lifeco against borrower 

fair value of the loaned securities, is deposited by the borrower with Lifeco’s 

risk, meaning that the lending agent agrees contractually to replace securities 

lending agent and maintained by the lending agent until the underlying 

not returned due to a borrower default. As at December 31, 2014, Lifeco had 

security has been returned. The fair value of the loaned securities is monitored 

loaned securities (which are included in investments) having a fair value of 

on a daily basis by the lending agent, who obtains or refunds additional 

$5,890 million ($5,204 million as at December 31, 2013).

collateral as the fair value of the loaned securities fluctuates. Included in 

NOTE 6  FUNDS HELD BY CEDING INSURERS

Included in funds held by ceding insurers of $12,154 million at December 31, 2014 

During 2014, an indirect wholly owned reinsurance subsidiary of Lifeco entered 

($10,832 million at December 31, 2013) are agreements with Standard Life 

into an agreement to assume by way of indemnity reinsurance a block of 

Assurance Limited (Standard Life) and a Dutch insurer.

payout annuities. Under the agreement, Lifeco’s subsidiary is required to put 

During 2008, Canada Life International Re Limited (CLIRE), Lifeco’s indirect 

wholly  owned  Irish  reinsurance  subsidiary,  signed  an  agreement  with 

amounts on deposit with the counterparty and the subsidiary has assumed 

the credit risk on the portfolio of assets included in the amounts on deposit.

Standard Life, a U.K.-based provider of life, pension and investment products, 

The amounts on deposit for both agreements are included in funds held by 

to assume by way of indemnity reinsurance a large block of payout annuities. 

ceding insurers on the balance sheets. Income and expenses arising from 

Under the agreement, CLIRE is required to put amounts on deposit with 

the agreements are included in net investment income on the statements 

Standard Life and CLIRE has assumed the credit risk on the portfolio of assets 

of earnings.

included in the amounts on deposit.

At December 31, 2014 Lifeco had amounts on deposit of $10,758 million ($9,848 million at December 31, 2013) for these two agreements. The details of the funds 

on deposit and related credit risk on the funds related to these agreements are as follows:

CARRYING VALUES AND ESTIMATED FAIR VALUES

DECEMBER 31

Cash and cash equivalents

Bonds

Other assets

Supporting:

Reinsurance liabilities

Surplus

CARRYING 
VALUE

200

2014

FAIR 
VALUE

200

10,397

10,397

161

161

10,758

10,758

10,386

10,386

372

372

10,758

10,758

CARRYING 
VALUE

70

9,619

159

9,848

9,402

446

9,848

FAIR VALUE BY HIERARCHY LEVEL

The following presents the amounts on deposit for funds held by ceding insurers measured at fair value on a recurring basis by hierarchy level:

DECEMBER 31

LEVEL 1

LEVEL 2

LEVEL 3

Cash and cash equivalents

Bonds

Total

200

–

200

–

10,397

10,397

–

–

–

2014

TOTAL

200

10,397

10,597

LEVEL 1

LEVEL 2

LEVEL 3

70

–

70

–

9,619

9,619

–

–

–

2013

FAIR 
VALUE

70

9,619

159

9,848

9,402

446

9,848

2013

TOTAL

70

9,619

9,689

60 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 6  FUNDS HELD BY CEDING INSURERS (CONTINUED)

CARRYING VALUE OF BONDS BY ISSUER AND INDUSTRY SECTOR

The following table provides details of the carrying value of bonds included in the funds on deposit by issuer and industry sector:

DECEMBER 31

Bonds issued or guaranteed by:

Canadian federal government

Provincial, state and municipal governments

U.S. treasury and other U.S. agencies

Other foreign governments

Government-related

Supranationals

Asset-backed securities

Residential mortgage-backed securities

Banks

Other financial institutions

Basic materials

Communications

Consumer products

Industrial products/services

Natural resources

Real estate

Transportation

Utilities

Miscellaneous

Short-term bonds

Total bonds

ASSET QUALITY

The following table provides details of the carrying value of the bond portfolio by credit rating:

BOND PORTFOLIO BY CREDIT RATING
DECEMBER 31 

AAA

AA

A

BBB

BB and lower

Total bonds

2014

49

16

25

1,923

548

167

260

107

1,944

1,087

110

168

862

174

389

778

231

1,411

130

18

10,397

2014

2,312

2,944

4,194

596

351

10,397

2013

75

17

22

2,097

508

185

249

91

1,944

1,033

70

138

704

108

354

540

196

1,190

98

–

9,619

2013

2,669

2,382

3,666

546

356

9,619

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 61

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 7  INVESTMENTS IN JOINTLY CONTROLLED CORPORATIONS AND ASSOCIATES

Investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates are composed 

Investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates also include 

principally of the Corporation’s 50% interest in Parjointco. As at December 31, 

Lifeco’s 30.4% investment (same as December 31, 2013), held through Irish Life, 

2014,  Parjointco  held  a  55.5%  equity  interest  in  Pargesa  (55.6%  as  at 

in Allianz Ireland, an unlisted general insurance company operating in Ireland.

December 31, 2013), representing 75.4% of the voting rights.

Carrying values of the investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates are as follows:

DECEMBER 31

PARJOINTCO

OTHER

TOTAL

PARJOINTCO

OTHER

2014

Carrying value, beginning of year

Business acquisitions

Share of earnings

Share of other comprehensive income (loss)

Dividends

Other

Carrying value, end of year

2,437

–

187

(97)

(75)

(12)

2,440

227

–

24

(20)

(24)

30

237

2,664

2,121

–

211

(117)

(99)

18

–

114

260

(63)

5

2,677

2,437

–

207

20

14

(15)

1

227

2013

TOTAL

2,121

207

134

274

(78)

6

2,664

The net asset value of the Corporation’s indirect interest in Pargesa is approximately $2,878 million as at December 31, 2014. The carrying value of the investment 

in Pargesa is $2,440 million, or $1,942 million excluding the unrealized net gains of its underlying investments. Pargesa’s financial information as at and for the 

year ended December 31, 2014 can be obtained in its publicly available information.

NOTE 8  OWNER-OCCUPIED PROPERTIES AND CAPITAL ASSETS

The carrying value of owner-occupied properties and capital assets and the changes in the carrying value of owner-occupied properties and capital assets 

OWNER-
OCCUPIED 
PROPERTIES

CAPITAL 
ASSETS

2013

TOTAL

are as follows:

DECEMBER 31

Cost, beginning of year

Business acquisitions

Additions

Transferred from investment properties

Disposal/retirements

Change in foreign exchange rates and other

OWNER-
OCCUPIED 
PROPERTIES

CAPITAL 
ASSETS

693

–

15

13

–

11

968

–

105

–

(17)

6

2014

TOTAL

1,661

–

120

13

(17)

17

Cost, end of year

732

1,062

1,794

Accumulated amortization, beginning of year

Amortization

Impairment

Disposal/retirements

Change in foreign exchange rates and other

Accumulated amortization, end of year

Carrying value, end of year

(52)

(9)

–

–

–

(61)

671

(684)

(72)

–

–

9

(747)

315

(736)

(81)

–

–

9

(808)

986

607

49

23

–

–

14

693

(43)

(9)

–

–

–

(52)

641

The following table provides details of the carrying value of owner-occupied properties and capital assets by geographic location:

DECEMBER 31

Canada

United States

Europe

2014

638

212

136

986

62 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

907

1,514

30

85

–

(66)

12

968

(680)

(53)

(2)

54

(3)

(684)

284

79

108

–

(66)

26

1,661

(723)

(62)

(2)

54

(3)

(736)

925

2013

613

188

124

925

NOTE 9  OTHER ASSETS

DECEMBER 31

Premiums in course of collection, accounts receivable and interest receivable

Deferred acquisition costs

Pension benefits [Note 24]

Income taxes receivable

Trading account assets

Finance leases receivable

Prepaid expenses

Other

Total other assets of $4,811 million as at December 31, 2014 are to be realized within 12 months.

NOTE 10  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

G O O DW I L L

The carrying value of goodwill and changes in the carrying value of goodwill are as follows:

2014

3,527

644

275

71

405

285

132

693

2013

3,435

687

408

199

376

–

115

687

6,032

5,907

DECEMBER 31

Balance, beginning of year

Business acquisitions

Changes in foreign exchange rates

Balance, end of year

I N TA N G I B L E A S S E T S

2014

2013

COST

ACCUMUL ATED 
IMPAIRMENT

CARRYING 
VALUE

COST

ACCUMUL ATED 
IMPAIRMENT

CARRYING 
VALUE

10,058

51

83

(953)

–

(90)

9,105

9,563

51

(7)

395

100

10,192

(1,043)

9,149

10,058

(890)

–

(63)

(953)

8,673

395

37

9,105

The carrying value of the intangible assets and changes in the carrying value of the intangible assets are as follows:

INDEFINITE LIFE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

DECEMBER 31, 2014

Cost, beginning of year

Changes in foreign exchange rates

Cost, end of year

Accumulated impairment, beginning of year

Changes in foreign exchange rates and other

Accumulated impairment, end of year

Carrying value, end of year

SHAREHOLDERS’ 
PORTION OF 
ACQUIRED 
FUTURE 
PARTICIPATING 
ACCOUNT 
PROFIT

BRANDS, 
TRADEMARKS 
AND TRADE 
NAMES

MUTUAL FUND 
MANAGEMENT 
CONTRAC TS

354

–

354

–

–

–

1,178

28

1,206

(132)

(8)

(140)

741

–

741

–

–

–

CUSTOMER 
CONTRAC T-
REL ATED

2,398

194

2,592

(858)

(81)

(939)

1,653

354

1,066

741

TOTAL

4,671

222

4,893

(990)

(89)

(1,079)

3,814

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 63

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 10  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

DECEMBER 31, 2013

Cost, beginning of year

Business acquisitions

Additions

Changes in foreign exchange rates

Cost, end of year

Accumulated impairment, beginning of year

Impairment

Changes in foreign exchange rates and other

Accumulated impairment, end of year

Carrying value, end of year

FINITE LIFE INTANGIBLE ASSETS

DECEMBER 31, 2014

Cost, beginning of year

Business acquisitions

Additions

Disposal/redemption

Changes in foreign exchange rates

Other, including write-off of assets fully amortized

SHAREHOLDERS’ 
PORTION OF 
ACQUIRED 
FUTURE 
PARTICIPATING 
ACCOUNT 
PROFIT

CUSTOMER 
CONTRAC T-
REL ATED

2,264

354

–

–

134

2,398

(802)

–

(56)

(858)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,540

354

BRANDS, 
TRADEMARKS 
AND TRADE 
NAMES

MUTUAL FUND 
MANAGEMENT 
CONTRAC TS

TOTAL

1,002

131

–

45

740

4,360

–

1

–

131

1

179

354

1,178

741

4,671

(91)

(34)

(7)

(132)

1,046

–

–

–

–

(893)

(34)

(63)

(990)

741

3,681

CUSTOMER 
CONTRAC T-
REL ATED

TECHNOLOGY 
AND 
SOFT WARE

DEFERRED 
SELLING 
COMMISSIONS

OTHER

TOTAL

1,379

221

3,132

707

18

–

–

20

–

825

–

157

(16)

32

19

–

256

(69)

–

(219)

–

1

–

(1)

–

221

(87)

(11)

–

–

–

–

18

414

(85)

51

(200)

3,330

(1,532)

(348)

(7)

52

(31)

219

(98)

123

(1,647)

1,683

Cost, end of year

745

1,017

1,347

Accumulated amortization, beginning of year

Amortization

Impairment

Disposal/redemption

Changes in foreign exchange rates

Other, including write-off of assets fully amortized

Accumulated amortization, end of year

Carrying value, end of year

(280)

(47)

–

–

(11)

–

(338)

407

(474)

(87)

(7)

14

(20)

–

(574)

443

(691)

(203)

–

38

–

219

(637)

710

64 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 10  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

DECEMBER 31, 2013

Cost, beginning of year

Business acquisitions

Additions

Disposal/redemption

Changes in foreign exchange rates

Other, including write-off of assets fully amortized

Cost, end of year

Accumulated amortization, beginning of year

Amortization

Impairment

Disposal/redemption

Changes in foreign exchange rates

Other, including write-off of assets fully amortized

Accumulated amortization, end of year

Carrying value, end of year

CUSTOMER 
CONTRAC T-
REL ATED

TECHNOLOGY 
AND 
SOFT WARE

DEFERRED 
SELLING 
COMMISSIONS

OTHER

TOTAL

564

116

–

–

27

–

707

(235)

(39)

–

–

(6)

–

(280)

427

680

–

115

(1)

18

13

825

(377)

(82)

(3)

–

(11)

(1)

(474)

351

1,448

213

2,905

–

237

(84)

–

(222)

1,379

(752)

(210)

–

49

–

222

(691)

688

–

2

(1)

7

–

221

(75)

(11)

–

–

(1)

–

(87)

134

116

354

(86)

52

(209)

3,132

(1,439)

(342)

(3)

49

(18)

221

(1,532)

1,600

The Corporation and its subsidiaries conducted their annual impairment testings of intangible assets which resulted in impairment charges of $7 million 

($37 million in 2013) and have been recorded in operating and administrative expenses.

A L LO C AT I O N  TO C A S H  G E N E R AT I N G  U N I T S

Goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets have been assigned to cash generating units (CGUs) as follows:

DECEMBER 31

LIFECO

Canada

Group

Individual insurance / wealth management

Europe

Insurance and annuities

Reinsurance

United States

Financial services

Asset management

IGM

Investors Group

Mackenzie

Other and corporate

GOODWILL

INTANGIBLE 
ASSETS

TOTAL

GOODWILL

INTANGIBLE 
ASSETS

2014

2013

TOTAL

1,156

3,028

1,950

1

180

–

1,443

1,251

140

9,149

–

973

1,156

4,001

1,142

3,028

–

973

1,142

4,001

221

2,171

1,970

226

2,196

–

–

1,594

–

1,003

23

1

180

1,594

1,443

2,254

163

3,814

12,963

1

131

–

1,443

1,251

139

9,105

–

–

1,456

–

1,003

23

1

131

1,456

1,443

2,254

162

3,681

12,786

No goodwill and intangible assets have been allocated across multiple CGUs.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 65

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 10  GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS (CONTINUED)

R E C OV E R A B L E  A M O U N T

LIFECO

For purposes of annual impairment testing, Lifeco allocates goodwill and 

indefinite  life  intangible  assets  to  its  CGUs.  Any  potential  impairment 

of goodwill or indefinite life intangible assets is identified by comparing 

the recoverable amount to its carrying value. The recoverable amount is 

determined as the higher of fair value less costs of disposal or value-in-use. 

In the case of goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets, the higher of the 

two is the value-in-use method.

Value-in-use is calculated by discounting management’s cash flow projections 

approved by the board of directors of Lifeco covering the initial forecast period 

of three to five years. Value beyond the initial period is derived by applying a 

terminal value multiple to the final year of the initial projection period. The 

discount rate is reflective of the country and product specific cash flow risks 

and the terminal growth rate is estimated as the long-term average growth 

rate, including inflation of the markets in which Lifeco operates.

Fair value is determined using a combination of commonly accepted valuation 

methodologies, namely comparable trading and transaction multiples. 

Comparable trading and transaction multiple methodologies calculate fair 

value by applying multiples observed in the market against historical and 

projected results approved by management of Lifeco.

In the fourth quarter of 2014, Lifeco conducted its annual impairment testing 

of goodwill and intangible assets based on September 30, 2014 asset balances. 

It was determined that the recoverable amounts of goodwill and indefinite 

life intangible assets were in excess of their carrying values and there was no 

evidence of impairment.

For the year ended December 31, 2014 the ranges of key assumptions for the CGUs within the Canada, Europe and United States operating segments were 

as follows:

%

Canada

Group

Individual insurance / wealth management

Europe

Insurance and annuities

Reinsurance

United States

Financial services

Asset management

EARNINGS
GROW TH RATE

DISCOUNT RATE 
(AFTER TA X)

TERMINAL 
GROW TH RATE

INCOME
TA X RATE

4.0  – 23.0

(3.0) – 15.0

9.0 – 11.0

9.5 – 10.5

1.5 – 2.5

1.5 – 2.5

26.5

26.5

(10.0) – 16.0

9.5 – 14.0

1.5 – 3.5

12.5 – 20.0

(18.0) –    5.0

11.5 – 12.5

1.5 – 2.5

(11.0) – 10.0

9.5 – 10.5

1.5 – 2.5

2.0   – 15.0

11.0 – 13.0

3.0

N/A

39.9

39.9

Any reasonable possible change to these assumptions is unlikely to cause the CGUs’ carrying value to exceed its recoverable amount.

IGM FINANCIAL

This assessment may give regard to a variety of relevant considerations, 

IGM tests whether goodwill and indefinite life intangible assets are impaired 

including expected growth, risk and capital market conditions, among other 

by assessing the carrying amounts with the recoverable amounts. The 

factors. The valuation multiples used in assessing fair value represent Level 2 

recoverable amount of IGM’s CGUs is based on the best available evidence of 

fair value inputs.

fair value less cost of disposal. Fair value is initially assessed with reference 

to valuation multiples of comparable publicly traded financial institutions 

and precedent business acquisition transactions. These valuation multiples 

may include price-to-earnings or other conventionally used measures for 

investment managers or other financial service providers (multiples of value 

to assets under management, revenues, or other measures of profitability). 

The fair value less cost of disposal of IGM’s CGUs was compared with the 

carrying amount and it was determined there was no impairment. Changes 

in assumptions and estimates used in determining the recoverable amounts 

of CGUs can result in significant adjustments to the valuation of the CGUs. 

Any reasonably possible change to these assumptions is unlikely to cause the 

CGUs’ carrying value to exceed its recoverable amount.

66 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 11  SEGREGATED FUNDS AND OTHER STRUCTURED ENTITIES

Lifeco offers segregated fund products in Canada, the U.S. and Europe that 

S E G R E G AT E D  F U N D S   A N D  G UA R A N T E E E X P O S U R E

are referred to as segregated funds, separate accounts and unit-linked funds 

Lifeco offers retail segregated fund products, variable annuity products and 

in the respective markets. These funds are contracts issued by insurers 

unitized with profits products that provide for certain guarantees that are 

to segregated fund policyholders where the benefit is directly linked to 

tied to the fair values of the investment funds. While these products are 

the performance of the investments, the risks or rewards of the fair value 

similar to mutual funds, there is a key difference from mutual funds as the 

movements and net investment income is realized by the segregated fund 

segregated funds have certain guarantee features that protect the segregated 

policyholders. The segregated fund policyholders are required to select the 

fund policyholder from market declines in the underlying investments. These 

segregated funds that hold a range of underlying investments. While Lifeco 

guarantees are Lifeco’s primary exposure on these funds. Lifeco accounts for 

has legal title to the investments, there is a contractual obligation to pass 

these guarantees within insurance and investment contract liabilities in the 

along the investment results to the segregated fund policyholder and Lifeco 

financial statements. In addition to Lifeco’s exposure on the guarantees, the 

segregates these investments from those of the corporation itself.

fees earned by Lifeco on these products are impacted by the market value 

In Canada and the U.S., the segregated fund and separate account assets are 

of these funds.

legally separated from the general assets of Lifeco under the terms of the 

In Canada, Lifeco offers retail segregated fund products through Great-West 

policyholder agreement and cannot be used to settle obligations of Lifeco. In 

Life,  London  Life  and  Canada  Life.  These  products  provide  guaranteed 

Europe, the assets of the funds are functionally and constructively segregated 

minimum  death  benefits  and  guaranteed  minimum  accumulation  on 

from those of Lifeco. As a result of the legal and constructive arrangements 

maturity benefits.

of these funds, the assets and liabilities of these funds are presented as line 

items within the balance sheets titled investments on account of segregated 

fund policyholders and with an equal liability titled insurance and investment 

contracts on account of segregated fund policyholders.

In circumstances where the segregated funds are invested in structured 

entities and are deemed to control the entity, Lifeco has presented the non-

controlling ownership interest within the segregated funds for the risk of 

policyholders as equal and offsetting amounts in the assets and liabilities. The 

amounts presented within are $1,012 million at December 31, 2014 ($772 million 

at December 31, 2013).

Within the statement of earnings, all segregated fund policyholders’ income, 

including fair value changes and net investment income, is credited to the 

segregated fund policyholders and reflected in the assets and liabilities on 

account of segregated fund policyholders within the balance sheets. As these 

amounts do not directly impact the revenues and expenses of Lifeco, these 

amounts are not included separately in the statements of earnings.

In the U.S., Lifeco offers variable annuities with guaranteed minimum death 

benefits through Great-West Financial. Most are a return of premium on 

death with the guarantee expiring at age 70.

In Europe, Lifeco offers unitized with profits products, which are similar 

to segregated fund products, but with pooling of policyholders’ funds and 

minimum credited interest rates.

Lifeco also offers guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits products in 

Canada, the U.S. and Europe. The guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits 

products offered by Lifeco offer levels of death and maturity guarantees. At 

December 31, 2014, the amount of guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits 

products in force in Canada, the U.S., Ireland and Germany was $3,016 million 

($2,674 million at December 31, 2013).

Lifeco’s exposure to these guarantees is set out as follows:

DECEMBER 31, 2014

Canada

United States

Europe

Total

DECEMBER 31, 2013

Canada

United States

Europe

Total

FAIR VALUE

INCOME

MATURIT Y

DEATH

TOTAL [1]

INVESTMENT DEFICIENCY BY BENEFIT T YPE

28,958

10,014

9,301

48,273

–

1

351

352

30

–

36

66

97

43

72

212

97

44

422

563

FAIR VALUE

INCOME

MATURIT Y

DEATH

TOTAL [1]

INVESTMENT DEFICIENCY BY BENEFIT T YPE

26,779

8,853

8,683

44,315

–

–

260

260

32

–

16

48

101

42

74

217

101

42

334

477

[1]  A policy can only receive a payout for one of the three trigger events (income election, maturity, or death).

The investment deficiency measures the point-in-time exposure to a trigger 

For  further  details  on  Lifeco’s  risk  and  guarantee  exposure  and  the 

event (i.e. income election, maturity, or death) assuming it occurred on 

management of these risks, refer to “Risk Management and Control Practices” 

December 31, 2014. The actual cost to Lifeco will depend on the trigger event 

in the Lifeco section of the Corporation’s annual Management’s Discussion 

having occurred and the fair values at that time. The actual claims before tax 

and Analysis.

associated with these guarantees were approximately $10 million for the year 

ended December 31, 2014, with the majority arising in the Europe segment.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 67

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 11  SEGREGATED FUNDS AND OTHER STRUCTURED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

The following presents further details of the investments, determined in accordance with the relevant statutory reporting requirements of each region of 

Lifeco’s operations, on account of segregated fund policyholders:

I N V E S T M E N T S O N AC C O U N T   O F  S E G R E G AT E D  F U N D P O L I C Y H O L D E R S

DECEMBER 31

Cash and cash equivalents

Bonds

Mortgage loans

Shares and units in unit trusts

Mutual funds

Investment properties

Accrued income

Other liabilities/assets

Non-controlling mutual fund interest

2014

11,052

37,912

2,508

68,911

46,707

9,533

176,623

364

(3,033)

1,012

174,966

2013

11,374

34,405

2,427

62,882

41,555

8,284

160,927

380

(1,300)

772

160,779

I N S U R A N C E A N D I N V E S T M E N T  C O N T R AC T S  O N  AC C O U N T   O F  S E G R E G AT E D  F U N D  P O L I C Y H O L D E R S

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Balance, beginning of year

Additions (deductions):

Policyholder deposits

Net investment income

Net realized capital gains on investments

Net unrealized capital gains on investments

Unrealized gains due to changes in foreign exchange rates

Policyholder withdrawals

Business acquisitions

Segregated fund investment in General Fund [1]

General fund investment in Segregated Fund [1]

Net transfer from General Fund

Non-controlling mutual fund interest

Balance, end of year

2014

160,779

20,909

2,997

5,683

5,301

826

(21,057)

–

(382)

(401)

71

240

14,187

174,966

2013

105,432

15,861

1,565

3,419

7,879

7,226

(17,141)

36,348

–

–

67

123

55,347

160,779

[1]  During the year, Lifeco reclassified certain amounts invested by the Segregated Funds into the General Fund of $382 million and amounts invested in the 

General Fund into the Segregated Funds of $401 million.

I N V E S T M E N T I N C O M E O N  AC C O U N T   O F  S E G R E G AT E D   F U N D  P O L I C Y H O L D E R S

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Net investment income

Net realized capital gains on investments

Net unrealized capital gains on investments

Unrealized gains due to changes in foreign exchange rates

Total

Change in insurance and investment contract liabilities  

on account of segregated fund policyholders

Net

68 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

2014

2,997

5,683

5,301

826

14,807

14,807

–

2013

1,565

3,419

7,879

7,226

20,089

20,089

–

NOTE 11  SEGREGATED FUNDS AND OTHER STRUCTURED ENTITIES (CONTINUED)

I N V E S T M E N T S O N AC C O U N T   O F  S E G R E G AT E D  F U N D P O L I C Y H O L D E R S   (by fair value hierarchy level)

DECEMBER 31, 2014

LEVEL 1

LEVEL 2

LEVEL 3

TOTAL

Investments on account of segregated fund policyholders [1]

112,189

54,942

10,390

177,521

[1]  Excludes other liabilities, net of other assets, of $2,555 million.

DECEMBER 31, 2013

LEVEL 1

LEVEL 2

LEVEL 3

TOTAL

Investments on account of segregated fund policyholders [1]

106,144

46,515

9,298

161,957

[1]  Excludes other liabilities, net of other assets, of $1,178 million.

During 2014 certain foreign equity holdings valued at $2,234 million have 

Level 2 assets include those assets where fair value is not available from 

been transferred from Level 1 to Level 2 ($1,780 million were transferred from 

normal market pricing sources and where Lifeco does not have visibility 

Level 2 to Level 1 at December 31, 2013), based on Lifeco’s ability to utilize 

through to the underlying assets.

observable, quoted prices in active markets.

The following presents additional information about Lifeco’s investments on account of segregated fund policyholders for which Lifeco has utilized Level 3 

inputs to determine fair value for the years ended December 31:

DECEMBER 31

Balance, beginning of year

Total gains included in segregated fund investment income

Business acquisitions

Purchases

Sales

Transfers into Level 3

Transfers out of Level 3

Balance, end of year

2014

9,298

782

–

919

(603)

4

(10)

10,390

2013

6,287

694

2,326

428

(440)

4

(1)

9,298

Transfers into Level 3 are due primarily to decreased observability of inputs 

Factors that could cause assets under management and fees to decrease 

in valuation methodologies. Transfers out of Level 3 are due primarily to 

include  declines  in  equity  markets,  changes  in  fixed  income  markets, 

increased observability of inputs in valuation methodologies as evidenced 

changes in interest rates and defaults, redemptions and other withdrawals, 

by corroboration of market prices with multiple pricing vendors.

political and other economic risks, changing investment trends and relative 

In addition to the segregated funds, Lifeco has interests in a number of 

structured unconsolidated entities including mutual funds, open-ended 

investment  companies,  and  unit  trusts.  These  entities  are  created  as 

investment performance. The risk is that fees may vary but expenses and 

recovery of initial expenses are relatively fixed, and market conditions may 

cause a shift in asset mix potentially resulting in a change in revenue.

investment strategies for its unit holders based on the directive of each 

Fee and other income earned by Lifeco resulting from Lifeco’s interests in these 

individual fund.

structured entities was $3,813 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 

Some of these funds are managed by related parties of Lifeco and Lifeco 

($3,068 million in 2013).

receives management fees related to these services. Management fees 

Included within other assets at December 31, 2014 is $327 million ($306 million 

can be variable due to the performance of factors – such as markets or 

at  December  31,  2013)  of  investments  by  Lifeco  in  bonds  and  stocks  of 

industries – in which the fund invests. Fee income derived in connection 

Putnam-sponsored funds and $78 million ($70 million at December 31, 2013) 

with the management of investment funds generally increases or decreases 

of investments in stocks of sponsored unit trusts in Europe.

in direct relationship with changes of assets under management, which 

is affected by prevailing market conditions, and the inflow and outflow of 

client assets.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 69

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12  INSURANCE AND INVESTMENT CONTRACT LIABILITIES

I N S U R A N C E A N D I N V E S T M E N T  C O N T R AC T   L I A B I L I T I E S

DECEMBER 31, 2014

Insurance contract liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

DECEMBER 31, 2013

Insurance contract liabilities

Investment contract liabilities

GROSS 
LIABILIT Y

145,198

857

146,055

GROSS 
LIABILIT Y

131,174

889

132,063

REINSURANCE 
ASSETS

5,151

–

5,151

REINSURANCE 
ASSETS

5,070

–

5,070

NET

140,047

857

140,904

NET

126,104

889

126,993

CO M P O S I T I O N O F I N S U R A N C E A N D I N V E S T M E N T CO N T R AC T L I A B I L I T I E S A N D R E L AT E D S U P P O RT I N G A S S E TS

The composition of insurance and investment contract liabilities of Lifeco is as follows:

DECEMBER 31

Participating

Canada

United States

Europe

Non-participating

Canada

United States

Europe

GROSS 
LIABILIT Y

REINSURANCE 
ASSETS

31,181

10,362

1,377

28,094

22,611

52,430

146,055

(156)

12

–

832

233

4,230

5,151

The composition of the assets supporting liabilities and equity of Lifeco is as follows:

GROSS 
LIABILIT Y

REINSURANCE 
ASSETS

2013

NET

29,107

9,337

1,247

25,898

19,038

47,436

(132)

29,239

11

–

9,326

1,247

521

238

4,432

5,070

25,377

18,800

43,004

126,993

140,904

132,063

DECEMBER 31, 2014

Participating liabilities

Canada

United States

Europe

Non-participating liabilities

Canada

United States

Europe

Other, including segregated funds

Total equity

Total carrying value

Fair value

BONDS

MORTGAGE 
LOANS

SHARES [1]

INVESTMENT 
PROPERTIES

OTHER

TOTAL

13,856

5,080

968

18,991

18,678

30,723

9,998

4,874

7,810

278

38

3,941

3,330

3,702

690

757

103,168

20,546

4,270

1,167

4,078

5,004

164

3,417

603

–

63

5

–

31,181

10,362

1,377

28,094

22,611

52,430

2,738

15,076

107

533

177,958

188,757

14,262

21,897

4,613

220,562

356,709

104,649

22,167

7,331

4,613

220,562

359,322

2014

NET

31,337

10,350

1,377

27,262

22,378

48,200

–

144

1,740

–

191

4

1,471

7,820

[1]  Fair value excludes shares classified as available for sale and carried at cost when a fair value cannot be reliably measured.

70 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 12  INSURANCE AND INVESTMENT CONTRACT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

DECEMBER 31, 2013
[NOTE 33]

Participating liabilities

Canada

United States

Europe

Non-participating liabilities

Canada

United States

Europe

Other, including segregated funds

Total equity

Total carrying value

Fair value

BONDS

MORTGAGE 
LOANS

SHARES [1]

INVESTMENT 
PROPERTIES

OTHER

TOTAL

11,907

4,583

852

16,157

15,508

27,273

9,239

4,395

7,701

141

39

3,769

2,911

3,290

641

571

89,914

19,063

4,923

1,157

–

143

1,796

–

225

96

1,371

8,554

3,419

4,613

178

4,173

619

–

35

3

–

29,107

9,337

1,247

25,898

19,038

47,436

2,460

14,188

87

546

163,920

173,983

12,947

19,830

4,288

204,057

325,876

90,731

19,517

8,088

4,288

204,057

326,681

[1]  Fair value excludes shares classified as available for sale and carried at cost when a fair value cannot be reliably measured.

Cash flows of assets supporting insurance and investment contract liabilities 

Changes in the fair values of assets backing capital and surplus, less related 

are matched within reasonable limits. Changes in the fair values of these 

income taxes, would result in a corresponding change in surplus over time in 

assets are essentially offset by changes in the fair value of insurance and 

accordance with investment accounting policies.

investment contract liabilities.

C H A N G E I N I N S U R A N C E C O N T R AC T  L I A B I L I T I E S

The change in insurance contract liabilities during the year was the result of the following business activities and changes in actuarial estimates:

DECEMBER 31, 2014

Balance, beginning of year

Impact of new business

Normal change in force

Management action and changes in assumptions

Business movement from/to external parties

Impact of foreign exchange rate changes

PARTICIPATING

NON-PARTICIPATING

GROSS 
LIABILIT Y

REINSURANCE 
ASSETS

NET

GROSS 
LIABILIT Y

REINSURANCE 
ASSETS

NET

TOTAL NET

39,663

20

2,312

(42)

–

940

(121)

39,784

–

8

(32)

–

1

20

2,304

(10)

–

939

91,511

6,062

2,588

(440)

(100)

2,684

5,191

86,320

126,104

152

162

(24)

(25)

(161)

5,910

2,426

(416)

(75)

5,930

4,730

(426)

(75)

2,845

3,784

Balance, end of year

42,893

(144)

43,037

102,305

5,295

97,010

140,047

DECEMBER 31, 2013

Balance, beginning of year

Business acquisition

Impact of new business

Normal change in force

Management action and changes in assumptions

Business movement from/to external parties

Impact of foreign exchange rate changes

PARTICIPATING

NON-PARTICIPATING

GROSS 
LIABILIT Y

REINSURANCE 
ASSETS

NET

GROSS 
LIABILIT Y

REINSURANCE 
ASSETS

NET

TOTAL NET

38,003

(74)

38,077

–

16

1,049

(129)

–

724

–

–

(13)

(36)

–

2

–

16

(93)

–

722

1,062

(5,898)

81,970

6,160

5,251

(407)

(455)

4,890

91,511

2,138

2,963

(135)

417

(323)

(234)

365

79,832

117,909

3,197

5,386

3,197

5,402

(6,315)

(5,253)

(84)

(221)

4,525

(177)

(221)

5,247

5,191

86,320

126,104

Balance, end of year

39,663

(121)

39,784

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

71

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12  INSURANCE AND INVESTMENT CONTRACT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

Under fair value accounting, movement in the fair value of the supporting 

Net participating insurance contract liabilities decreased by $10 million in 2014 

assets is a major factor in the movement of insurance contract liabilities. 

due to management actions and assumption changes. The decrease was 

Changes in the fair value of assets are largely offset by corresponding changes 

primarily due to higher investment returns ($152 million decrease), updated 

in the fair value of liabilities. The change in the value of the insurance contract 

expenses and taxes ($144 million decrease), modelling refinements ($68 million 

liabilities associated with the change in the value of the supporting assets is 

decrease) and updated mortality assumptions ($20 million decrease), partially 

included in the normal change in force above.

offset by increased provisions for future policyholder dividends ($360 million 

On May 15, 2014, the Canadian Actuarial Standards Board published the 

Standards  of  Practice  (Standards)  effective  October  15,  2014,  reflecting 

increase), updated policyholder behaviour assumptions ($13 million increase) 

and updated morbidity assumptions ($1 million increase).

revisions to economic reinvestment assumptions used in the valuation of 

In 2013, the major contributors to the increase in net insurance contract 

insurance contract liabilities.

In 2014, the major contributors to the increase in net insurance contract 

liabilities were the impact of new business ($5,930 million increase), the 

normal change in the in-force business ($4,730 million increase) which 

was primarily due to the change in fair value and the impact of foreign 

liabilities were the impact of new business ($5,402 million increase), the 

impact of foreign exchange rate changes ($5,247 million increase) and the 

Irish Life acquisition ($3,197 million increase). This was partially offset by the 

normal change in the in-force business ($5,253 million decrease) which was 

partly due to the change in fair value.

exchange rate changes ($3,784 million increase). This was partially offset 

Net non-participating insurance contract liabilities decreased by $84 million 

by management actions and assumption changes ($426 million decrease).

in 2013 due to management actions and assumption changes including 

Net non-participating insurance contract liabilities decreased by $416 million 

in 2014 due to management actions and assumption changes including a 

a $123 million decrease in Canada, a $41 million increase in Europe and a 

$2 million decrease in the United States.

$193 million decrease in Canada, a $135 million decrease in Europe and an 

The decrease in Canada was primarily due to updated mortality assumptions 

$88 million decrease in the United States.

($95 million decrease), updated morbidity assumptions ($70 million decrease), 

The  decrease  in  Canada  was  primarily  due  to  modelling  refinements 

($83  million  decrease),  updated  economic  assumptions  including  the 

change in Standards ($77 million decrease), updated policyholder behaviour 

assumptions  ($60  million  decrease),  updated  morbidity  assumptions 

($44 million decrease), updated expenses and taxes ($10 million decrease) 

modelling refinements across the Canadian segment ($15 million decrease), 

updated economic assumptions ($5 million decrease) and updated expenses 

and taxes ($3 million decrease), partially offset by updated policyholder 

behaviour  assumptions  ($63  million  increase)  and  updated  longevity 

assumptions ($3 million increase).

and updates to other provisions ($6 million decrease), partially offset by 

The increase in Europe was primarily due to increased updated policyholder 

updated mortality assumptions ($62 million increase) and updated longevity 

behaviour  assumptions  ($55  million  increase),  increased  provisions  for 

assumptions ($25 million increase).

The decrease in Europe was primarily due to updated longevity assumptions 

($110 million decrease), updated economic assumptions including the change 

in Standards ($107 million decrease), modelling refinements ($63 million 

decrease) and updated morbidity assumptions ($22 million decrease), partially 

expenses and taxes ($30 million increase), updated morbidity assumptions 

($27 million increase) and updates to other provisions ($4 million increase), 

partially offset by updates to the life mortality assumptions ($40 million 

decrease),  updated  economic  assumptions  ($25  million  decrease)  and 

modelling refinements ($11 million decrease).

offset by updated policyholder behaviour assumptions ($142 million increase), 

The decrease in the United States was primarily due to updated life mortality 

updated mortality assumptions ($20 million increase) and updates to other 

assumptions ($12 million decrease), partially offset by updated expenses 

provisions ($5 million increase).

and  taxes  ($9  million  increase),  and  updated  longevity  assumptions 

The decrease in the United States was primarily due to updated mortality 

($1 million increase).

assumptions  ($103  million  decrease),  updated  policyholder  behaviour 

Net participating insurance contract liabilities decreased by $93 million 

assumptions ($67 million decrease) and updated longevity assumptions 

in 2013 due to management actions and assumption changes. The decrease 

($6 million decrease), partially offset by modelling refinements ($51 million 

was primarily due to decreases from higher investment returns ($631 million 

increase)  and  updated  economic  assumptions  including  the  change  in 

decrease), modelling refinements in Canada ($109 million decrease) and 

Standards ($37 million increase).

updated  expenses  and  taxes  ($88  million  decrease),  partially  offset  by 

increased provisions for future policyholder dividends ($710 million increase), 

updated policyholder behaviour assumptions ($20 million increase), updated 

life mortality assumptions ($4 million increase) and updated morbidity 

assumptions ($1 million increase).

72 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 12  INSURANCE AND INVESTMENT CONTRACT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

C H A N G E I N I N V E S T M E N T  C O N T R AC T  L I A B I L I T I E S   M E A S U R E D  AT   FA I R  VA LU E

DECEMBER 31

Balance, beginning of year

Business acquisitions

Normal change in in-force business

Investment experience

Management action and changes in assumptions

Impact of foreign exchange rate changes

Balance, end of year

2014

889

–

(78)

43

(10)

13

857

The carrying value of investment contract liabilities approximates their fair value. No investment contract liabilities have been reinsured.

P R E M I U M I N C O M E

DECEMBER 31

Direct premiums

Assumed reinsurance premiums

Total

P O L I C Y H O L D E R B E N E F I T S

DECEMBER 31

Direct

Assumed reinsurance

Total

2014

19,926

4,760

24,686

2014

14,892

4,471

19,363

2013

739

194

(97)

19

–

34

889

2013

18,772

4,669

23,441

2013

13,516

4,948

18,464

AC T UA R I A L A S S U M P T I O N S

Morbidity  Lifeco uses industry-developed experience tables modified to 

In the computation of insurance contract liabilities, valuation assumptions 

reflect emerging Lifeco experience. Both claim incidence and termination 

have  been  made  regarding  rates  of  mortality/morbidity,  investment 

are  monitored  regularly  and  emerging  experience  is  factored  into  the 

returns,  levels  of  operating  expenses,  rates  of  policy  termination  and 

current valuation.

rates of utilization of elective policy options or provisions. The valuation 

assumptions  use  best  estimates  of  future  experience  together  with 

a margin for adverse deviation. These margins are necessary to provide 

for possibilities of misestimation and/or future deterioration in the best 

estimate assumptions and provide reasonable assurance that insurance 

contract liabilities cover a range of possible outcomes. Margins are reviewed 

periodically for continued appropriateness.

Property  and  casualty  reinsurance 

Insurance  contract  liabilities  for 

property and casualty reinsurance written by London Reinsurance Group Inc. 

(LRG), a subsidiary of London Life, are determined using accepted actuarial 

practices  for  property  and  casualty  insurers  in  Canada.  The  insurance 

contract  liabilities  have  been  established  using  cash  flow  valuation 

techniques, including discounting. The insurance contract liabilities are 

based on cession statements provided by ceding companies. In certain 

The methods for arriving at these valuation assumptions are outlined below:

instances, LRG management adjusts cession statement amounts to reflect 

Mortality  A life insurance mortality study is carried out annually for each 

major block of insurance business. The results of each study are used to update 

Lifeco’s experience valuation mortality tables for that business. When there 

is insufficient data, use is made of the latest industry experience to derive 

an appropriate valuation mortality assumption. The actuarial standards 

were amended in 2011 to remove the requirement that, for life insurance, any 

reduction in liabilities due to mortality improvement assumptions be offset 

by an equal amount of provision for adverse deviation. Appropriate provisions 

have been made for future mortality deterioration on term insurance.

Annuitant mortality is also studied regularly and the results are used to 

modify  established  industr y  experience  annuitant  mortality  tables. 

Mortality improvement has been projected to occur throughout future 

years for annuitants.

management’s interpretation of the treaty. Differences will be resolved via 

audits and other loss mitigation activities. In addition, insurance contract 

liabilities also include an amount for incurred but not reported losses which 

may differ significantly from the ultimate loss development. The estimates 

and underlying methodology are continually reviewed and updated, and 

adjustments  to  estimates  are  reflected  in  earnings.  LRG  analyzes  the 

emergence of claims experience against expected assumptions for each 

reinsurance contract separately and at the portfolio level. If necessary, a more 

in-depth analysis is undertaken of the cedant experience.

Investment returns  The assets which correspond to the different liability 

categories are segmented. For each segment, projected cash flows from 

the current assets and liabilities are used in the Canadian Asset Liability 

Method to determine insurance contract liabilities. Cash flows from assets 

are reduced to provide for asset default losses. Testing under several interest 

rate and equity scenarios (including increasing and decreasing rates) is done 

to provide for reinvestment risk (refer to Note 21).

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 73

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12  INSURANCE AND INVESTMENT CONTRACT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

Expenses  Contractual policy expenses (e.g., sales commissions) and tax 

Policyholder  dividends  and  adjustable  policy  features  Future 

expenses are reflected on a best estimate basis. Expense studies for indirect 

policyholder dividends and other adjustable policy features are included 

operating expenses are updated regularly to determine an appropriate 

in the determination of insurance contract liabilities with the assumption 

estimate of future operating expenses for the liability type being valued. 

that policyholder dividends or adjustable benefits will change in the future 

Improvements in unit operating expenses are not projected. An inflation 

in response to the relevant experience. The dividend and policy adjustments 

assumption is incorporated in the estimate of future operating expenses 

are determined consistent with policyholders’ reasonable expectations, such 

consistent with the interest rate scenarios projected under the Canadian 

expectations being influenced by the participating policyholder dividend 

Asset Liability Method as inflation is assumed to be correlated with new 

policies and/or policyholder communications, marketing material and past 

money interest rates.

Policy termination  Studies to determine rates of policy termination are 

updated regularly to form the basis of this estimate. Industry data is also 

available and is useful where Lifeco has no experience with specific types of 

policies or its exposure is limited. Lifeco has significant exposures in respect 

of the T-100 and Level Cost of Insurance Universal Life products in Canada and 

policy renewal rates at the end of term for renewable term policies in Canada 

and Reinsurance. Industry experience has guided Lifeco’s assumptions for 

these products as Lifeco’s own experience is very limited.

Utilization of elective policy options  There are a wide range of elective 

options embedded in the policies issued by Lifeco. Examples include term 

renewals, conversion to whole life insurance (term insurance), settlement 

annuity purchase at guaranteed rates (deposit annuities) and guarantee 

resets  (segregated  fund  maturity  guarantees).  The  assumed  rates  of 

utilization are based on Lifeco or industry experience when it exists and, 

when not, on judgment considering incentives to utilize the option. Generally, 

whenever it is clearly in the best interests of an informed policyholder to 

utilize an option, then it is assumed to be elected.

practice. It is Lifeco’s expectation that changes will occur in policyholder 

dividend scales or adjustable benefits for participating or adjustable business 

respectively, corresponding to changes in the best estimate assumptions, 

resulting in an immaterial net change in insurance contract liabilities. Where 

underlying guarantees may limit the ability to pass all of this experience 

back to the policyholder, the impact of this non-adjustability impacting 

shareholder earnings is reflected in the impact of changes in best estimate 

assumptions above.

R I S K M A N AG E M E N T

Insurance risk 

Insurance risk is the risk that the insured event occurs 

and that there are large deviations between expected and actual actuarial 

assumptions, including mortality, persistency, longevity, morbidity, expense 

variations and investment returns.

Lifeco is in the business of accepting risk associated with insurance contract 

liabilities. Lifeco’s objective is to mitigate its exposure to risk arising from these 

contracts through product design, product and geographical diversification, 

the implementation of its underwriting strategy guidelines, and through the 

use of reinsurance arrangements.

The following table provides information about Lifeco’s insurance contract liabilities’ sensitivities to Lifeco management’s best estimate of the approximate 

impact as a result of changes in assumptions used to determine Lifeco’s liability associated with these contracts.

IMPAC T ON NET EARNINGS

2014

(238)

(272)

(220)

–

–

41

(383)

34

(113)

355

(372)

(99)

(568)

2013

(217)

(272)

(208)

–

–

12

(322)

34

(150)

353

(392)

(76)

(466)

Mortality – 2% increase

Annuitant mortality – 2% decrease

Morbidity – 5% adverse change

Investment returns

Parallel shift in yield curve

1% increase

1% decrease

Change in range of interest rates

1% increase

1% decrease

Change in equity markets

10% increase

10% decrease

Change in best estimate returns for equities

1% increase

1% decrease

Expenses – 5% increase

Policy termination and renewal – 10% adverse change

74 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 12  INSURANCE AND INVESTMENT CONTRACT LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)

Concentration risk may arise from geographic regions, accumulation of risks and market risk. The concentration of insurance risk before and after reinsurance 

by geographic region is described below.

DECEMBER 31

Canada

United States

Europe

GROSS 
LIABILIT Y

REINSURANCE 
ASSETS

59,275

32,973

53,807

146,055

676

245

4,230

5,151

2014

NET

58,599

32,728

49,577

GROSS 
LIABILIT Y

REINSURANCE 
ASSETS

55,005

28,375

48,683

389

249

4,432

5,070

2013

NET

54,616

28,126

44,251

126,993

140,904

132,063

Reinsurance risk  Maximum limits per insured life benefit amount (which 

Reinsurance  contracts  do  not  relieve  Lifeco  from  its  obligations  to 

vary by line of business) are established for life and health insurance and 

policyholders. Failure of reinsurers to honour their obligations could result 

reinsurance is purchased for amounts in excess of those limits.

in losses to Lifeco. Lifeco evaluates the financial condition of its reinsurers 

Reinsurance costs and recoveries as defined by the reinsurance agreement are 

to minimize its exposure to significant losses from reinsurer insolvencies.

reflected in the valuation with these costs and recoveries being appropriately 

Certain of the reinsurance contracts are on a funds-withheld basis where 

calibrated to the direct assumptions.

Lifeco  retains  the  assets  supporting  the  reinsured  insurance  contract 

liabilities, thus minimizing the exposure to significant losses from reinsurer 

insolvency on those contracts.

NOTE 13  OBLIGATION TO SECURITIZATION ENTITIES

IGM securitizes residential mortgages through the Canada Mortgage and 

principal. A component of this swap, related to the obligation to pay CMB 

Housing Corporation (CMHC)-sponsored National Housing Act Mortgage-

coupons and receive investment returns on repaid mortgage principal, 

Backed Securities (NHA MBS) Program and Canada Mortgage Bond (CMB) 

is recorded as a derivative and had a negative fair value of $26 million at 

Program and through Canadian bank-sponsored asset-backed commercial 

December 31, 2014 (a negative fair value of $16 million in 2013).

paper (ABCP) programs. These transactions do not meet the requirements for 

derecognition as IGM retains prepayment risk and certain elements of credit 

risk. Accordingly, IGM has retained these mortgages on its balance sheets and 

has recorded offsetting liabilities for the net proceeds received as obligations 

to securitization entities which are carried at amortized cost.

Under the NHA MBS and CMB Programs, IGM has an obligation to make 

timely payments to security holders regardless of whether amounts are 

received from mortgagors. All mortgages securitized under the NHA MBS and 

CMB Programs are insured by CMHC or another approved insurer under the 

program. As part of the ABCP transactions, IGM has provided cash reserves 

IGM earns interest on the mortgages and pays interest on the obligations 

for credit enhancement which are carried at cost. Credit risk is limited to 

to securitization entities. As part of the CMB transactions, IGM enters 

these cash reserves and future net interest income as the ABCP Trusts have no 

into a swap transaction whereby IGM pays coupons on CMBs and receives 

recourse to IGM’s other assets for failure to make payments when due. Credit 

investment returns on the NHA MBS and the reinvestment of repaid mortgage 

risk is further limited to the extent these mortgages are insured.

DECEMBER 31

Carrying value

NHA MBS and CMB Programs

Bank-sponsored ABCP

Total

Fair value

2014

SECURITIZED 
MORTGAGES

OBLIGATIONS TO 
SECURI TIZATION 
ENTITIES

NET

SECURITIZED 
MORTGAGES

OBLIGATIONS TO 
SECURITIZATION 
ENTITIES

4,611

2,013

6,624

4,692

2,062

6,754

(81)

(49)

(130)

3,803

1,689

5,492

3,843

1,729

5,572

6,820

6,859

(39)

5,659

5,671

2013

NET

(40)

(40)

(80)

(12)

The carrying value of obligations to securitization entities, which is recorded net of issue costs, includes principal payments received on securitized mortgages 

that are not due to be settled until after the reporting period. Issue costs are amortized over the life of the obligation on an effective interest rate basis.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 75

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14  DEBENTURES AND DEBT INSTRUMENTS

DECEMBER 31

DEBT INSTRUMENTS

GREAT-WEST LIFECO INC.

Commercial paper and other short-term debt instruments with interest rates  

from 0.21% to 0.22% (0.24% to 0.33% in 2013)

Revolving credit facility with interest equal to LIBOR rate plus 0.75% or U.S. prime rate loan 

(US$355 million; US$450 million at December 31, 2013), unsecured

2.3% mortgage payable (€50 million), matures June 30, 2015

Term note due October 18, 2015, bearing an interest rate of LIBOR rate plus 0.75%, 

(US$304 million) – repaid in full on December 22, 2014, unsecured

Notes payable with interest rate of 8.0% due May 6, 2014, unsecured

TOTAL DEBT INSTRUMENTS

DEBENTURES

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CARRYING 
VALUE

2014

FAIR 
VALUE

CARRYING 
VALUE

2013

FAIR 
VALUE

114

412

70

–

–

596

114

412

70

–

–

596

105

477

75

322

1

980

105

477

75

322

1

980

6.90% debentures, due March 11, 2033, unsecured

250

335

250

304

GREAT-WEST LIFECO INC.

5.25% subordinated debentures due February 8, 2017, including associated  

fixed to floating swap (€200 million), unsecured

6.14% debentures due March 21, 2018, unsecured

4.65% debentures due August 13, 2020, unsecured

2.50% debentures due April 18, 2023, (€500 million) unsecured

6.40% subordinated debentures due December 11, 2028, unsecured

6.74% debentures due November 24, 2031, unsecured

6.67% debentures due March 21, 2033, unsecured

6.625% deferrable debentures due November 15, 2034, (US$175 million) unsecured

5.998% debentures due November 16, 2039, unsecured

Subordinated debentures due May 16, 2046, bearing an interest rate of 7.153%  

until May 16, 2016 and, thereafter, a rate of 2.538% plus the 3-month LIBOR rate, 
(US$300 million) unsecured

Subordinated debentures due June 21, 2067, bearing an interest rate of 5.691%  

until June 21, 2017 and, thereafter, at a rate equal to the Canadian 90-day bankers’  
acceptance rate plus 1.49%, unsecured

Subordinated debentures due June 26, 2068, bearing an interest rate of 7.127%  

until June 26, 2018 and, thereafter, at a rate equal to the Canadian 90-day bankers’ 
acceptance rate plus 3.78%, unsecured

IGM FINANCIAL INC.

6.58% debentures 2003 Series, due March 7, 2018, unsecured

7.35% debentures 2009 Series, due April 8, 2019, unsecured

6.65% debentures 1997 Series, due December 13, 2027, unsecured

7.45% debentures 2001 Series, due May 9, 2031, unsecured

7.00% debentures 2002 Series, due December 31, 2032, unsecured

7.11% debentures 2003 Series, due March 7, 2033, unsecured

6.00% debentures 2010 Series, due December 10, 2040, unsecured

Debentures held by Lifeco as investments

TOTAL DEBENTURES

298

200

498

695

100

192

391

200

342

313

226

557

773

129

268

536

230

450

317

199

498

729

100

192

391

182

342

321

227

539

713

117

246

493

184

405

348

354

317

328

997

1,087

996

1,097

498

150

375

125

150

175

150

200

583

171

450

160

208

236

205

252

497

150

375

125

150

175

150

200

583

172

450

146

189

213

185

223

(43)

6,291

6,887

(54)

7,469

8,065

(40)

6,295

7,275

(49)

7,086

8,066

On April 18, 2013 Lifeco issued €500 million of 10-year, 2.50% senior euro bonds in connection with the acquisition of Irish Life.

76 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 14  DEBENTURES AND DEBT INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

The principal payments on debentures and debt instruments in each of the next five years are as follows:

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

Thereafter

NOTE 15  OTHER LIABILITIES

DECEMBER 31

Bank overdraft

Accounts payable

Dividends and interest payable

Income taxes payable

Deferred income reserve

Capital trust debentures

Deposits and certificates

Funds held under reinsurance contracts

Pension and other post-employment benefits [Note 24]

Other

Total other liabilities of $4,468 million as at December 31, 2014 are expected to be settled within 12 months.

D E F E R R E D I N C O M E R E S E R V E

Changes in the deferred income reserve of Lifeco are as follows:

DECEMBER 31

Balance, beginning of year

Additions

Amortization

Foreign exchange

Disposals

Balance, end of year

C A P I TA L T R U S T D E B E N T U R E S

DECEMBER 31

Canada Life Capital Trust (CLCT)

7.529% capital trust debentures due June 30, 2052, unsecured

Acquisition-related fair value adjustment

CARRYING 
VALUE

150

12

162

596

–

280

350

375

5,286

2013

380

1,935

362

1,014

451

163

187

270

1,194

1,105

7,061

2013

427

70

(39)

38

(45)

451

2013

FAIR 
VALUE

205

–

205

2014

447

1,828

401

768

429

162

223

313

1,661

1,061

7,293

2014

451

57

(38)

10

(51)

429

2014

FAIR 
VALUE

220

–

220

CARRYING 
VALUE

150

13

163

CLCT, a trust established by Canada Life, had issued $150 million of Canada 

Distributions and interest on the capital trust debentures are classified as 

Life Capital Securities – Series B (CLiCS – Series B), the proceeds of which 

financing charges on the statements of earnings (see Note 23). The fair value 

were used by CLCT to purchase Canada Life senior debentures in the amount 

for capital trust securities is determined by the bid-ask price.

of $150 million.

Subject to regulatory approval, CLCT may redeem the CLiCS – Series B, 

in whole or in part, at any time.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 77

2014

%

26.5

(3.4)

(4.0)

(1.3)

1.4

19.2

2013

%

26.5

(4.4)

(2.0)

(1.0)

(0.7)

18.4

2014

2013

585

9

(33)

561

346

13

(62)

(29)

5

273

834

775

–

(11)

764

(18)

(13)

–

(6)

(49)

(86)

678

2013

EQUITY

–

2

2

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 16  INCOME TAXES

E F F E C T I V E I N C O M E  TA X  R AT E

The Corporation’s effective income tax rate is derived as follows:

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Combined statutory Canadian federal and provincial tax rates

Increase (decrease) in the income tax rate resulting from:

Non-taxable investment income

Lower effective tax rates on income not subject to tax in Canada

Earnings of investments in associates and in jointly controlled corporations

Other

Effective income tax rate

I N C O M E TA X E S

The components of income tax expense recognized in the statements of earnings are:

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Current taxes

In respect of the current year

Previously unrecognized tax loss, tax credit or temporary differences of prior period

Other

Deferred taxes

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Effect of change in tax rates or imposition of new taxes

Write-down or reversal of previous write-down of deferred tax assets

Recognition of previously unrecognized tax losses and deductible temporary differences

Other

The following table shows aggregate current and deferred taxes relating to items not recognized in the statements of earnings:

DECEMBER 31

Current taxes

Deferred taxes

2014

OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME

OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME

EQUITY

29

(168)

(139)

–

(1)

(1)

(14)

106

92

78 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 16  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)

D E F E R R E D TA X E S

Deferred taxes are attributable to the following items:

DECEMBER 31

Loss carry forwards

Investments

Insurance and investment contract liabilities

Deferred selling commissions

Intangible assets

Other

Presented on the balance sheets as follows:

Deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities

2014

1,507

(796)

(594)

(190)

(294)

313

(54)

1,707

(1,761)

(54)

2013
[NOTE 33]

1,335

(541)

(518)

(184)

(221)

121

(8)

1,211

(1,219)

(8)

A deferred tax asset is recognized for deductible temporary differences and 

One of Lifeco’s subsidiaries has had a history of recent losses. The subsidiary 

unused tax attributes only to the extent that realization of the related income 

has a net deferred tax asset balance of $1,100 million (US$949 million) as at 

tax benefit through future taxable profits is probable.

December 31, 2014 composed principally of net operating losses and future 

Recognition is based on the fact that it is probable that the entity will have 

taxable profits and/or tax planning opportunities available to allow the 

deferred tax asset to be utilized. Changes in circumstances in future periods 

may adversely impact the assessment of the recoverability. The uncertainty 

of the recoverability is taken into account in establishing the deferred tax 

assets. The annual financial planning process provides a significant basis for 

the measurement of deferred tax assets.

Management  of  the  Corporation  and  of  its  subsidiaries  assess  the 

recoverability of the deferred tax asset carrying values based on future years’ 

taxable income projections and believes the carrying values of the deferred 

tax assets as of December 31, 2014 are recoverable.

At December 31, 2014, Lifeco had tax loss carry forwards totalling $4,200 million 

($4,110 million in 2013). Of this amount, $3,954 million expires between 2015 and 

2034, while $246 million has no expiry date. Lifeco will realize this benefit in 

future years through a reduction in current income taxes payable.

deductions related to goodwill which has been previously impaired for 

accounting purposes. Management of Lifeco has concluded that it is probable 

that the subsidiary and other historically profitable subsidiaries with which 

it files or intends to file a consolidated United States income tax return 

will generate sufficient taxable income against which the unused United 

States losses and deductions will be utilized. The future taxable income is 

derived principally from tax planning strategies, some of which have already 

been executed.

As at December 31, 2014, the Corporation and its subsidiaries have non-capital 

losses of $201 million ($213 million in 2013) available to reduce future taxable 

income for which the benefits have not been recognized. These losses expire 

from 2026 to 2034. In addition, the Corporation and its subsidiaries have 

capital loss carry forwards of $133 million ($133 million in 2013) that can be 

used indefinitely to offset future capital gains for which the benefits have 

not been recognized.

A deferred tax liability has not been recognized in respect of the temporary 

differences associated with investments in subsidiaries, branches, associates, 

and jointly controlled corporations as the Corporation and its subsidiaries 

are able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences 

and it is probable that the temporary differences will not reverse in the 

foreseeable future.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 79

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 17  STATED CAPITAL

AU T H O R I Z E D

The authorized capital of Power Financial consists of an unlimited number of First Preferred Shares, issuable in series; an unlimited number of Second Preferred 

Shares, issuable in series; and an unlimited number of common shares.

I S S U E D A N D O U T S TA N D I N G

DECEMBER 31

FIRST PREFERRED SHARES (perpetual)

Series A [i]
Series D [ii]
[ii]

Series E  
Series F [ii]
Series H [ii]
Series I [ii]
Series K [ii]
Series L [ii]
Series M [iii]
Series O [ii]
Series P [ii]
Series R [ii]
Series S [ii]
Series T [ii]

COMMON SHARES

Balance, beginning of year

Issued under Stock Option Plan

Balance, end of year

FIRST PREFERRED SHARES

NUMBER 
OF SHARES

4,000,000
6,000,000
8,000,000
6,000,000
6,000,000
8,000,000
10,000,000
8,000,000
–
6,000,000
11,200,000
10,000,000
12,000,000
8,000,000

2014

STATED 
CAPITAL

100
150
200
150
150
200
250
200
–
150
280
250
300
200

2,580

NUMBER 
OF SHARES

4,000,000
6,000,000
8,000,000
6,000,000
6,000,000
8,000,000
10,000,000
8,000,000
7,000,000
6,000,000
11,200,000
10,000,000
12,000,000
8,000,000

711,173,680
550,000

711,723,680

721
22

743

709,104,080
2,069,600

711,173,680

2013

STATED 
CAPITAL

100
150
200
150
150
200
250
200
175
150
280
250
300
200

2,755

664
57

721

[i]  The Series A First Preferred Shares are entitled to an annual cumulative dividend, payable quarterly at a floating rate equal to 70% of the prime rate of two 

major Canadian chartered banks and are redeemable, at the Corporation’s option, at $25.00 per share, together with all declared and unpaid dividends to, 

but excluding, the date of redemption.

[ii]  The following First Preferred Shares series are entitled to fixed non-cumulative preferential cash dividends payable quarterly. The Corporation may redeem for 

cash the First Preferred Shares, in whole or in part, at the Corporation’s option, with all declared and unpaid dividends to, but excluding, the date of redemption.

FIRST PREFERRED SHARES

Non-cumulative, fixed rate

Series D,  5.50%

Series E,  5.25%

Series F, 

5.90%

Series H,  5.75%

Series I, 

6.00%

Series K,  4.95%

Series L, 

5.10%

Series O,  5.80%

Series R,  5.50%

Series S,  4.80%

Non-cumulative, 5-year rate reset [1]

Series P,  4.40%

Series T,  4.20%

CASH DIVIDENDS
PAYABLE QUARTERLY

EARLIEST ISSUER
REDEMPTION DATE

($/SHARE)

0.343750
0.328125
0.368750
0.359375
0.375000
0.309375
0.318750
0.362500
0.343750
0.300000

Currently redeemable

Currently redeemable

Currently redeemable

Currently redeemable

Currently redeemable

Currently redeemable

Currently redeemable

Currently redeemable

April 30, 2017

April 30, 2018

0.275000
0.262500

January 31, 2016

January 31, 2019

REDEMPTION
PRICE

($/SHARE)

25.00
25.00
25.00
25.00
25.00
25.00
25.25
26.00
26.00
26.00

25.00
25.00

[1]  The dividend rate will reset on the earliest issuer redemption date and every fifth year thereafter at a rate equal to the 5-year Government of Canada bond yield plus a reset 
spread (1.60% for Series P and 2.37% for Series T). The holders have the option to convert their shares into non-cumulative floating rate First Preferred Shares subject to 
certain conditions on the earliest redemption date and every fifth year thereafter at a rate equal to the three-month Government of Canada Treasury Bill rate plus the reset 
spread indicated.

[iii]  On January 31, 2014, the Corporation redeemed all of its 6.00% Non-Cumulative First Preferred Shares, Series M for cash consideration of $175 million.

80 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 17  STATED CAPITAL (CONTINUED)

COMMON SHARES

During the year 2014, 550,000 common shares (2,069,600 in 2013) were issued under the Corporation’s Employee Stock Option Plan for a consideration of 

$17 million ($45 million in 2013).

Dividends declared on the Corporation’s common shares in 2014 amounted to $1.40 per share ($1.40 per share in 2013).

NOTE 18  SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

S TO C K O P T I O N  P L A N

Under Power Financial’s Employee Stock Option Plan, 13,871,600 common shares are reserved for issuance. The plan requires that the exercise price of the 

option must not be less than the market value of a share on the date of the grant of the option. Generally, options granted vest on a delayed basis over periods 

beginning no earlier than one year from the date of grant and no later than five years from the date of grant. Options recently granted, which are not fully 

vested, have the following vesting conditions:

YEAR OF GRANT

OPTIONS

VESTING CONDITIONS

2010

2011

2011

2012

2012

2013

2013

2014

2014

679,525

743,080

34,423

598,325

70,254

702,713

53,476

563,879

1,094,212

Vest equally over a period of five years

Vest equally over a period of five years

Vest 50% after three years and 50% after four years

Vest equally over a period of five years

Vest 50% after three years and 50% after four years

Vest equally over a period of five years

Vest 50% after three years and 50% after four years

Vest equally over a period of five years

Vest 50% after three years and 50% after four years

A summary of the status of Power Financial’s Employee Stock Option Plan as at December 31, 2014 and 2013, and changes during the years ended on those 

dates is as follows:

Outstanding at beginning of year

Granted

Exercised

Outstanding at end of year

Options exercisable at end of year

2014

2013

OPTIONS

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE 
EXERCISE PRICE

OPTIONS

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE 
EXERCISE PRICE

7,522,386

1,658,091

(550,000)

8,630,477

$

30.56

34.15

31.76

31.18

8,835,797

756,189

(2,069,600)

7,522,386

5,483,586

30.93

5,468,569

$

28.32

32.44

21.65

30.56

31.29

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 81

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 18  SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED)

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2014:

RANGE OF EXERCISE PRICES

OPTIONS

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE 
REMAINING LIFE

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE 
EXERCISE PRICE

OPTIONS

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE 
EXERCISE PRICE

OPTIONS OUTSTANDING

OPTIONS EXERCISABLE

$

25.07 – 26.37

28.13 – 29.95

30.18 – 31.59

32.24

32.46 – 32.58

34.01 – 34.42

34.46 – 37.13

1,525,467

1,532,879

602,383

1,515,000

741,006

1,658,091

1,055,651

8,630,477

(YRS)

6.8

4.5

4.2

0.4

8.4

9.5

3.2

5.3

$

25.84

28.96

31.42

32.24

32.57

34.15

34.81

31.18

821,360

1,374,600

538,139

1,515,000

178,836

–

1,055,651

5,483,586

$

25.97

29.02

31.52

32.24

32.55

–

34.81

30.93

Compensation  expense  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2014,  Power  Financial  granted  1,658,091  options  (756,189  options  in  2013)  under 

its Employee Stock Option Plan. The fair value of these options was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following 

weighted-average assumptions:

Dividend yield

Expected volatility

Risk-free interest rate

Expected life (years)

Fair value per stock option ($/option)

Weighted-average exercise price ($/option)

2014

4.8%

19.8%

2.1%

9

$3.27

$34.15

2013

5.0%

18.3%

2.3%

9

$2.78

$32.44

Expected volatility has been estimated based on the historical volatility of the Corporation’s share price over nine years, which is reflective of the expected 

option life.

Lifeco and IGM have also established stock option plans pursuant to which 

D E F E R R E D  S H A R E  U N I T  P L A N

options may be granted to certain officers and employees. In addition, other 

Power Financial established a Deferred Share Unit Plan for its Directors to 

subsidiaries of the Corporation have established share-based compensation 

promote a greater alignment of interests between Directors and shareholders 

plans. Compensation expense is recorded based on the fair value of the 

of the Corporation. Under this Plan, each Director participating in the Plan 

options  or  the  fair  value  of  the  equity  investments  at  the  grant  date, 

will receive half of his annual retainer in the form of deferred share units and 

amortized over the vesting period. Total compensation expense relating to 

may elect to receive the remainder of his annual retainer and attendance 

the stock options granted by the Corporation and its subsidiaries amounted 

fees entirely in the form of deferred share units, entirely in cash, or equally in 

to $50 million in 2014 ($15 million in 2013).

cash and deferred share units. The number of deferred share units granted 

P E R F O R M A N C E S H A R E U N I T  P L A N

Power Financial established a Performance Share Unit (PSU) Plan for selected 

employees and officers (participants) to assist in retaining and further 

aligning the interests of participants with those of the shareholders. Under 

the terms of the Plan, PSUs may be awarded annually and are subject to time 

and performance vesting conditions. The value of each PSU is based on the 

share price of the Corporation’s common shares. The PSUs are cash settled 

and vest over a three-year period. Participants can elect at the time of grant 

to receive a portion of their PSUs in the form of performance deferred share 

units (PDSU) which also vest over a three-year period. PDSUs are redeemable 

when a participant is no longer an employee of the Corporation or any of 

its affiliates, or in the event of the death of the participant, by a lump-sum 

is determined by dividing the amount of remuneration payable by the five-

day-average closing price on the Toronto Stock Exchange of the common 

shares of the Corporation on the last five days of the fiscal quarter (the 

value of a deferred share unit). A Director will receive additional deferred 

share units in respect of dividends payable on the common shares, based on 

the value of a deferred share unit on the date on which the dividends were 

paid on the common shares. A deferred share unit is payable, at the time a 

Director’s membership on the Board is terminated (provided the Director is 

not then a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or an affiliate of 

the Corporation), or in the event of the death of a Director, by a lump-sum 

cash payment, based on the value of a deferred share unit at that time. At 

December 31, 2014, the value of the deferred share units outstanding was 

$19 million ($18 million in 2013). Alternatively, Directors may participate in the 

payment based on the value of the PDSU at that time. Additional PSUs and 

Share Purchase Plan for Directors.

PDSUs are issued in respect of dividends payable on common shares based 

on the value of the PSU or PDSU at the dividend payment date. For the year 

ended December 31, 2014, the Corporation recognized compensation expenses 

of $2 million ($1 million in 2013) for the PSU Plan recorded in operating and 

administrative expenses on the statement of earnings. The carrying value of 

the PSU liability is $4 million ($1 million in 2013) recorded within other liabilities.

82 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 18  SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION (CONTINUED)

E M P LOY E E S H A R E  P U R C H A S E   P R O G R A M

OT H E R  S H A R E - B A S E D  AWA R D S  O F   S U B S I D I A R I E S

Power Financial established an Employee Share Purchase Program, giving 

The subsidiaries of the Corporation have also established other share-based 

employees the opportunity to subscribe for up to 6% of their gross salary to 

awards for their directors, management and employees. Some of these 

purchase Subordinate Voting Shares of Power Corporation of Canada on the 

share-based awards are cash settled and included within other liabilities on 

open market and to have Power Financial invest, on the employee’s behalf, 

the balance sheets. The compensation expense related to these subsidiary 

up to an equal amount.

share-based awards is recorded in operating and administrative expenses on 

the statements of earnings.

NOTE 19  NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS

The Corporation has controlling equity interests in Lifeco and IGM as at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013. The non-controlling interests of Lifeco and 

IGM and their subsidiaries reflected in the balance sheets are as follows:

DECEMBER 31

LIFECO

IGM

2014

TOTAL

LIFECO

IGM

2013

TOTAL

Non-controlling interests, beginning of year

9,064

1,877

10,941

Prior period adjustments [Note 33]

Restated balance, beginning of year

Earnings allocated to non-controlling interests

Other comprehensive income (loss) allocated to 

non-controlling interests

Dividends

Issuance of preferred shares

Repurchase of preferred shares

Change in ownership interest and other [1]

–

9,064

957

121

(478)

200

–

109

–

1,877

291

(22)

(215)

–

–

(21)

–

10,941

1,248

99

(693)

200

–

88

8,327

(46)

8,281

683

301

(472)

–

(230)

501

1,775

10,102

–

1,775

301

10

(213)

–

–

4

(46)

10,056

984

311

(685)

–

(230)

505

Non-controlling interests, end of year

9,973

1,910

11,883

9,064

1,877

10,941

[1]  Change in ownership in Lifeco in 2013 is mainly attributable to the issuance of Lifeco’s common shares in regards to the acquisition of Irish Life (Note 3). Other 
changes in ownership in 2014 and 2013 are due to the issuance of common shares under stock option plans as well as the repurchase of common shares by the 
Corporation and its subsidiaries.

The carrying value of non-controlling interests consists of the following:

DECEMBER 31

LIFECO

IGM

Common shareholders

Preferred shareholders

Participating account surplus

4,979

2,514

2,480

9,973

1,760

150

–

2014

TOTAL

6,739

2,664

2,480

LIFECO

IGM

4,396

2,314

2,354

9,064

1,727

150

–

2013

TOTAL

6,123

2,464

2,354

1,910

11,883

1,877

10,941

As at December 31, 2014, Power Financial and IGM held 67.2% and 4.0%, respectively, of Lifeco’s common shares, representing approximately 65.0% of the 

voting rights attached to the outstanding Lifeco voting shares.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 83

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 19  NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS (CONTINUED)

Lifeco and IGM’s financial information as at and for the year ended December 31, 2014 can be obtained from their publicly available financial statements. 

Summarized financial information for Lifeco and IGM is as follows:

AS AT AND FOR THE YEARS ENDED

BALANCE SHEET

Assets

Liabilities

Equity

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Net earnings

Other comprehensive income (loss)

CASH FLOWS

Operating activities

Financing activities

Investing activities

2014

LIFECO

IGM

LIFECO

2013

IGM

356,709

334,812

21,897

14,417

325,876

12,880

9,576

4,841

306,046

19,830

8,172

4,708

2,761

325

5,443

(1,685)

(4,129)

762

(28)

741

625

2,318

1,004

5,026

493

(1,232)

(4,813)

771

49

715

117

(808)

NOTE 20  CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

As a holding company, Power Financial’s objectives in managing its capital 

L I F E C O

are to:

>  provide attractive long-term returns to shareholders of the Corporation;

>  provide sufficient financial flexibility to pursue its growth strategy and 

invest in its group companies as it determines to be appropriate; and

>  maintain an appropriate credit rating to ensure stable access to the 

capital markets.

The Corporation manages its capital taking into consideration the risk 

characteristics and liquidity of its holdings. In order to maintain or adjust its 

capital structure, the Corporation may adjust the amount of dividends paid 

to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue capital.

The  capital  structure  of  the  Corporation  consists  of  preferred  shares, 

debentures and equity composed of stated capital, retained earnings and 

non-controlling interests. The Corporation utilizes perpetual preferred shares 

as a permanent and cost-effective source of capital. The Corporation is a long-

Lifeco manages its capital on both a consolidated basis as well as at the 

individual operating subsidiary level. The primary objectives of Lifeco’s capital 

management strategy are:

>  to maintain the capitalization of its regulated operating subsidiaries 

at  a  level  that  will  exceed  the  relevant  minimum  regulatory  capital 

requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate;

>  to maintain strong credit and financial strength ratings of Lifeco ensuring 

stable access to capital markets; and

>  to provide an efficient capital structure to maximize shareholder value in 

the context of Lifeco’s operational risks and strategic plans.

Lifeco  has  established  policies  and  procedures  designed  to  identify, 

measure and report all material risks. Management of Lifeco is responsible 

for establishing capital management procedures for implementing and 

monitoring the capital plan.

term investor and as such holds positions in long-term investments as well 

Lifeco’s  subsidiaries  Great-West  Life,  Great-West  Life  &  Annuity  and 

as cash and short-term investments for liquidity purposes.

Canada Life UK are subject to minimum regulatory capital requirements. 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation and the boards of directors of its 

subsidiaries are responsible for their capital management. Management of 

the Corporation and its subsidiaries are responsible for establishing capital 

Lifeco’s practice is to maintain the capitalization of its regulated operating 

subsidiaries at a level that will exceed the relevant minimum regulatory 

capital requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate:

management procedures and for implementing and monitoring their capital 

>  In Canada, the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions 

plans. The Board of Directors of the Corporation and the boards of directors 

has  established  a  capital  adequacy  measurement  for  life  insurance 

of its subsidiaries review and approve capital transactions such as issuance, 

companies incorporated under the Insurance Companies Act (Canada) and 

redemption and repurchase of common shares, perpetual preferred shares 

their subsidiaries, known as the Minimum Continuing Capital and Surplus 

and debentures.

The Corporation itself is not subject to externally imposed regulatory capital 

Requirements (MCCSR). As at December 31, 2014, the MCCSR ratio for 

Great-West Life was 224% (223% at December 31, 2013).

requirements. Certain of the Corporation’s major operating subsidiaries 

>  At December 31, 2014, the Risk-Based Capital ratio (RBC) of Great-West 

(Lifeco and IGM) are subject to regulatory capital requirements and they 

Life & Annuity, Lifeco’s regulated U.S. operating company, was estimated 

manage their capital as described below.

to be 453% of the Company Action Level set by the National Association of 

Insurance Commissioners. Great-West Life & Annuity reports its RBC ratio 

annually to U.S. insurance regulators.

84 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 20  CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

>  In the United Kingdom, Canada Life UK is required to satisfy the capital 

I G M  F I N A N C I A L

resources requirements set out in the Integrated Prudential Sourcebook, 

IGM’s capital management objective is to maximize shareholder returns 

part  of  the  Prudential  Regulatory  Authority  Handbook.  The  capital 

while ensuring that IGM is capitalized in a manner which appropriately 

requirements are prescribed by a formulaic capital requirement (Pillar 1) and 

supports regulatory capital requirements, working capital needs and business 

an individual capital adequacy framework which requires an entity to self-

expansion. IGM’s capital management practices are focused on preserving 

assess an appropriate amount of capital it should hold, based on the risks 

the quality of its financial position by maintaining a solid capital base and a 

encountered from its business activities. At the end of 2014, Canada Life UK 

strong balance sheet.

complied with the capital resource requirements in the United Kingdom.

IGM’s capital is primarily utilized in its ongoing business operations to support 

>  Other foreign operations and foreign subsidiaries of Lifeco are required 

working capital requirements, long-term investments made by IGM, business 

to comply with local capital or solvency requirements in their respective 

expansion and other strategic objectives.

jurisdictions. At December 31, 2014 and 2013, Lifeco maintained capital 

levels above the minimum local regulatory requirements in each of its 

other foreign operations.

IGM  subsidiaries  subject  to  regulator y  capital  requirements  include 

investment dealers, mutual fund dealers, exempt market dealers, portfolio 

managers, investment fund managers and a trust company. IGM subsidiaries 

are required to maintain minimum levels of capital based on either working 

capital, liquidity or shareholders’ equity. IGM subsidiaries have complied with 

all regulatory capital requirements.

NOTE 21  RISK MANAGEMENT

The Corporation and its subsidiaries have established policies, guidelines 

This note includes estimates of sensitivities and risk exposure measures for 

or procedures designed to identify, measure, monitor and mitigate risks 

certain risks, such as the sensitivity due to specific changes in interest rate 

associated with financial instruments. The key risks related to financial 

levels projected and market prices as at the valuation date. Actual results can 

instruments are liquidity risk, credit risk and market risk.

differ significantly from these estimates for a variety of reasons, including:

>  Liquidity risk is the risk that the Corporation and its subsidiaries will not be 

>  assessment  of  the  circumstances  that  led  to  the  scenario  may  lead 

able to meet all cash outflow obligations as they come due.

to changes in (re)investment approaches and interest rate scenarios 

>  Credit risk is the potential for financial loss to the Corporation and its 

considered;

subsidiaries if a counterparty in a transaction fails to meet its obligations.

>  changes in actuarial, investment return and future investment activity 

>  Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial 

assumptions;

instrument will fluctuate as a result of changes in market factors. Market 

>  actual experience differing from the assumptions;

factors include three types of risks: currency risk, interest rate risk and 

>  changes in business mix, effective tax rates and other market factors;

equity price risk.

> 

interactions among these factors and assumptions when more than one 

>  Currency risk relates to the Corporation, its subsidiaries and its jointly 

changes; and

controlled corporations and associates operating in different currencies 

and converting non-Canadian earnings at different points in time at 

different foreign exchange levels when adverse changes in foreign 

currency exchange rates occur.

>  Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a 

financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in the market 

interest rates.

>  Equity price risk is the uncertainty associated with the valuation of 

assets arising from changes in equity markets.

POWER FINANCIAL

L I Q U I D I T Y R I S K

>  the general limitations of internal models.

For these reasons, the sensitivities should only be viewed as directional 

estimates of the underlying sensitivities for the respective factors based on 

the assumptions outlined above. Given the nature of these calculations, the 

Corporation cannot provide assurance that the actual impact on net earnings 

attributed to shareholders will be as indicated.

The Corporation regularly reviews its liquidity requirements and seeks 

Power Financial is a holding company. As such, corporate cash flows from 

to maintain a sufficient level of liquidity to meet its operating expenses, 

operations,  before  payment  of  dividends  to  its  common  and  preferred 

financing charges and payment of preferred share dividends for a reasonable 

shareholders, are principally made up of dividends received from its subsidiaries 

period of time. If required, the ability of Power Financial to arrange additional 

and  jointly  controlled  corporation,  and  income  from  investments,  less 

financing in the future will depend in part upon prevailing market conditions 

operating expenses, financing charges and income taxes. The ability of Lifeco 

as well as the business performance of Power Financial and its subsidiaries.

and IGM, which are also holding companies, to meet their obligations and 

pay dividends is dependent upon receipt of dividends from their subsidiaries.

Principal payments on debentures (other than those of Lifeco and IGM 

discussed below) of $250 million due after five years represent the only 

significant contractual liquidity requirement of Power Financial.

Power Financial’s management of liquidity risk have not changed materially 

since December 31, 2013.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 85

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 21  RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

C R E D I T R I S K

M A R K E T R I S K

Fixed  income  securities,  and  derivatives  are  subject  to  credit  risk.  The 

Currency risk  Power Financial’s financial instruments are comprised of 

Corporation mitigates credit risk its fixed income securities by adhering to an 

cash and cash equivalents, fixed income securities and long-term debt. In 

investment policy that outlines credit risk parameters and concentration limits.

managing its own cash and cash equivalents, Power Financial may hold 

Fixed income securities, which are included in investments and in cash and cash 

equivalents, consist primarily of bonds, bankers’ acceptances and highly liquid 

temporary deposits with Canadian chartered banks and banks in juridictions 

where Power Financial operates as well as bonds and short-term securities of, 

or guaranteed by, the Canadian or U.S. governments. The Corporation regularly 

reviews the credit ratings of its counterparties. The maximum exposure to credit 

risk on these financial instruments is their carrying value.

Derivatives  continue  to  be  utilized  on  a  basis  consistent  with  the  risk 

management  guidelines  of  the  Corporation  and  are  monitored  by  the 

Corporation for effectiveness as economic hedges even if specific hedge 

accounting requirements are not met. The Corporation regularly reviews the 

cash balances denominated in foreign currencies and thus be exposed to 

fluctuations in exchange rates. In order to protect against such fluctuations, 

Power  Financial  may  from  time  to  time  enter  into  currency-hedging 

transactions with highly rated financial institutions. As at December 31, 

2014, approximately 90% of Power Financial’s cash and cash equivalents, and 

fixed income securities were denominated in Canadian dollars or in foreign 

currencies with currency hedges in place.

Power Financial is exposed through Parjointco to foreign exchange risk as 

a result of Parjointco’s investment in Pargesa, a company whose functional 

currency is the Swiss franc. Foreign currency translation gains and losses from 

Pargesa are recorded in other comprehensive income.

credit ratings of derivative financial instrument counterparties. Derivative 

Interest rate risk  Power Financial’s financial instruments are cash and cash 

contracts are over-the-counter with counterparties that are highly rated 

equivalents, fixed income securities and long-term debt that do not have 

financial institutions.

significant exposure to interest rate risk.

Power Financial’s exposure to and management of credit risk related to 

Equity price risk  Power Financial’s financial instruments are cash and cash 

cash and cash equivalents, fixed income securities and derivatives have not 

equivalents, fixed income securities and long-term debt that do not have 

changed materially since December 31, 2013.

exposure to equity price risk.

Pargesa indirectly holds substantial investments classified as available 

for sale; unrealized gains and losses on these investments are recorded 

in  other  comprehensive  income  until  realized.  These  investments  are 

reviewed periodically to determine whether there is objective evidence of 

an impairment in value.

LIFECO

The risk committee of the board of directors of Lifeco is responsible for the 

>  Management of Lifeco monitors the use of lines of credit on a regular basis, 

oversight of Lifeco’s key risks.

and assesses the ongoing availability of these and alternative forms of 

L I Q U I D I T Y R I S K

The following policies and procedures are in place to manage liquidity risk:

>  Lifeco closely manages operating liquidity through cash flow matching 

of assets and liabilities and forecasting earned and required yields, to 

ensure consistency between policyholder requirements and the yield 

of assets. Approximately 70% (approximately 69% in 2013) of insurance 

and investment contract liabilities are non-cashable prior to maturity or 

subject to fair value adjustments.

operating credit.

>  Management of Lifeco closely monitors the solvency and capital positions 

of its principal subsidiaries opposite liquidity requirements at the holding 

company. Additional liquidity is available through established lines of 

credit or via capital market transactions. Lifeco maintains $350 million of 

liquidity at the Lifeco level through committed lines of credit with Canadian 

chartered banks. As well, Lifeco maintains a $150 million liquidity facility 

at Great-West Life, a US$500 million revolving credit agreement with a 

syndicate of banks for use by Putnam, and a US$50 million line of credit at 

Great-West Financial.

In the normal course of business, Lifeco enters into contracts that give rise to commitments of future minimum payments that impact short-term and long-

term liquidity. The following table summarizes the principal repayment schedule of certain of Lifeco’s financial liabilities.

DECEMBER 31, 2014

1 YEAR

2 YEARS

3 YEARS

4 YEARS

5 YEARS

Debentures and debt instruments

Capital trust debentures [1]

Purchase obligations

Pension contributions

596

–

71

175

842

–

–

34

–

34

280

–

26

–

306

200

–

17

–

217

–

–

16

–

16

OVER 
5 YEARS

4,295

150

16

–

TOTAL

5,371

150

180

175

4,461

5,876

PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD

[1]  Payments due have not been reduced to reflect that Lifeco held capital trust securities of $37 million principal amount ($51 million carrying value).

86 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 21  RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

C R E D I T R I S K

>  Credit risk associated with derivative instruments is evaluated quarterly 

The following policies and procedures are in place to manage credit risk:

based on conditions that existed at the balance sheet date, using practices 

>  Investment  guidelines  are  in  place  that  require  only  the  purchase  of 

that are at least as conservative as those recommended by regulators.

investment-grade assets and minimize undue concentration of assets in 

>  Lifeco is exposed to credit risk relating to premiums due from policyholders 

any single geographic area, industry and company.

>  Investment guidelines specify minimum and maximum limits for each asset 

class. Credit ratings are determined by recognized external credit rating 

during the grace period specified by the insurance policy or until the policy 

is paid up or terminated. Commissions paid to agents and brokers are 

netted against amounts receivable, if any.

agencies and/or internal credit review.

>  Reinsurance  is  placed  with  counterparties  that  have  a  good  credit 

>  Investment guidelines also specify collateral requirements.

>  Portfolios are monitored continuously, and reviewed regularly with the 

risk committee and the investment committee of the board of directors 

of Lifeco.

rating and concentration of credit risk is managed by following policy 

guidelines set each year by the board of directors of Lifeco. Management 

of Lifeco continuously monitors and performs an assessment of the 

creditworthiness of reinsurers.

Maximum exposure to credit risk for Lifeco  The following table summarizes Lifeco’s maximum exposure to credit risk related to financial instruments. 

The maximum credit exposure is the carrying value of the asset net of any allowances for losses.

DECEMBER 31

Cash and cash equivalents

Bonds

Fair value through profit or loss

Available for sale

Loans and receivables

Mortgage loans

Loans to policyholders

Funds held by ceding insurers [1]

Reinsurance assets

Interest due and accrued

Accounts receivable

Premiums in course of collection

Trading account assets

Finance leases receivable

Other financial assets [2]

Derivative assets

2014

2,498

80,000

9,990

13,178

20,546

7,711

12,154

5,151

1,286

1,172

598

405

285

715

652

2013

2,791

70,144

7,915

11,855

19,063

7,332

10,832

5,070

1,242

1,248

578

376

–

831

593

Total balance sheet maximum credit exposure

156,341

139,870

[1]  Includes $10,758 million as at December 31, 2014 ($9,848 million as at December 31, 2013) of funds held by ceding insurers where Lifeco retains the credit risk of 

the assets supporting the liabilities ceded (see Note 6).

[2]  Includes items such as current income taxes receivable and miscellaneous other assets of Lifeco.

Credit risk is also mitigated by entering into collateral agreements. The 

Concentration of credit risk for Lifeco  Concentrations of credit risk arise 

amount and type of collateral required depends on an assessment of the credit 

from exposures to a single debtor, a group of related debtors or groups of 

risk of the counterparty. Guidelines have been implemented regarding the 

debtors that have similar credit risk characteristics in that they operate in the 

acceptability of types of collateral and the valuation parameters. Management 

same geographic region or in similar industries. The characteristics of such 

of Lifeco monitors the value of the collateral, requests additional collateral 

debtors are similar in that changes in economic or political environments may 

when needed and performs an impairment valuation when applicable. Lifeco 

impact their ability to meet obligations as they come due.

has $52 million of collateral received as at December 31, 2014 ($19 million as at 

December 31, 2013) relating to derivative assets.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 87

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 21  RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

The following table provides details of the carrying value of bonds of Lifeco by issuer, industry sector and geographic distribution:

CANADA

UNITED STATES

EUROPE

TOTAL

5,356

6,926

352

198

2,895

433

2,648

52

2,025

647

316

571

2,030

1,078

1,250

1,407

1,967

5,460

1,416

3,616

3

2,567

4,786

24

–

8

3,161

236

346

1,705

1,087

265

2,558

1,292

984

452

985

4,206

1,281

236

46

51

937

11,865

2,021

643

789

206

2,747

2,461

349

693

2,305

718

710

2,849

898

3,912

456

1,687

5,405

9,544

6,075

12,087

4,916

1,084

6,598

494

5,118

4,813

1,752

1,529

6,893

3,088

2,944

4,708

3,850

13,578

3,153

5,539

40,643

26,182

36,343

103,168

CANADA

UNITED STATES

EUROPE

TOTAL

4,276

5,739

297

130

2,641

399

2,677

26

2,012

791

278

490

1,807

919

1,056

1,021

1,726

4,715

1,314

3,321

3

2,028

3,827

22

–

7

3,115

307

331

1,620

978

222

2,198

1,052

665

140

827

3,703

970

76

51

52

902

11,216

1,553

704

860

189

2,846

2,154

272

603

1,882

538

509

2,249

703

3,433

389

1,083

4,330

7,819

5,026

11,368

4,194

1,110

6,652

522

5,189

4,565

1,528

1,315

5,887

2,509

2,230

3,410

3,256

11,851

2,673

4,480

35,635

22,091

32,188

89,914

DECEMBER 31, 2014

Bonds issued or guaranteed by:

Canadian federal government

Provincial, state and municipal governments

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. agencies

Other foreign governments

Government-related

Supranationals

Asset-backed securities

Residential mortgage-backed securities

Banks

Other financial institutions

Basic materials

Communications

Consumer products

Industrial products/services

Natural resources

Real estate

Transportation

Utilities

Miscellaneous

Short-term bonds

DECEMBER 31, 2013

Bonds issued or guaranteed by:

Canadian federal government

Provincial, state and municipal governments

U.S. Treasury and other U.S. agencies

Other foreign governments

Government-related

Supranationals

Asset-backed securities

Residential mortgage-backed securities

Banks

Other financial institutions

Basic materials

Communications

Consumer products

Industrial products/services

Natural resources

Real estate

Transportation

Utilities

Miscellaneous

Short-term bonds

88 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 21  RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

The following table provides details of the carrying value of mortgage loans of Lifeco by geographic location:

DECEMBER 31, 2014

Canada

United States

Europe

DECEMBER 31, 2013

Canada

United States

Europe

Asset quality

BOND PORTFOLIO QUALIT Y
DECEMBER 31 

AAA

AA

A

BBB

BB and lower

Total bonds

DERIVATIVE PORTFOLIO QUALIT Y
DECEMBER 31

Over-the-counter contracts (counterparty credit ratings):

AAA

AA

A

Total

SINGLE-FAMILY 
RESIDENTIAL

MULTI-FAMILY 
RESIDENTIAL

COMMERCIAL

TOTAL

1,916

–

–

1,916

3,660

1,324

338

5,322

7,017

2,888

3,403

12,593

4,212

3,741

13,308

20,546

SINGLE-FAMILY 
RESIDENTIAL

MULTI-FAMILY 
RESIDENTIAL

COMMERCIAL

TOTAL

1,758

–

–

1,758

3,435

1,052

325

4,812

6,942

2,504

3,047

12,135

3,556

3,372

12,493

19,063

2014

34,332

18,954

31,133

17,370

1,379

103,168

2014

10

66

576

652

2013

30,626

15,913

25,348

16,809

1,218

89,914

2013

8

86

499

593

Loans of Lifeco past due, but not impaired  Loans that are past due but not considered impaired are loans for which scheduled payments have not been 

received, but management of Lifeco has reasonable assurance of collection of the full amount of principal and interest due. The following table provides 

carrying values of the loans past due, but not impaired:

DECEMBER 31

Less than 30 days

30–90 days

Greater than 90 days

Total

2014

7

5

3

15

2013

6

–

2

8

Future asset credit losses  The following outlines the future asset credit losses provided for in insurance and investment contract liabilities. These amounts 

are in addition to the allowance for asset losses included with assets:

DECEMBER 31

Participating

Non-participating

2014

1,186

1,947

3,133

2013

999

1,796

2,795

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 89

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 21  RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

M A R K E T R I S K

>  For products with less predictable timing of benefit payments, investments 

Currency risk  For Lifeco, if the assets backing insurance and investment 

are made in fixed income assets with cash flows of a shorter duration than 

contract liabilities are not matched by currency, changes in foreign exchange 

the anticipated timing of benefit payments or equities, as described below.

rates can expose Lifeco to the risk of foreign exchange losses not offset by 

liability decreases. Lifeco has net investments in foreign operations. In 

>  The risks associated with the mismatch in portfolio duration and cash flow, 

asset prepayment exposure and the pace of asset acquisition are quantified 

addition, Lifeco’s debt obligations are mainly denominated in Canadian 

and reviewed regularly.

dollars. In accordance with IFRS, foreign currency translation gains and losses 

from net investments in foreign operations, net of related hedging activities 

and tax effects, are recorded in other comprehensive income. Strengthening 

or weakening of the Canadian dollar spot rate compared to the U.S. dollar, 

British pound and euro spot rates impacts Lifeco’s total share capital and 

surplus. Correspondingly, Lifeco’s book value per share and capital ratios 

monitored by rating agencies are also impacted. The following policies and 

procedures are in place to mitigate Lifeco’s exposure to currency risk:

>  Lifeco uses financial measures such as constant currency calculations to 

monitor the effect of currency translation fluctuations.

Projected cash flows from the current assets and liabilities are used in 

the  Canadian  Asset  Liability  Method  to  determine  insurance  contract 

liabilities. Valuation assumptions have been made regarding rates of returns 

on supporting assets, fixed income, equity and inflation. The valuation 

assumptions use best estimates of future reinvestment rates and inflation 

assumptions with an assumed correlation together with margins for adverse 

deviation set in accordance with professional standards. These margins 

are necessary to provide for possibilities of misestimation and/or future 

deterioration in the best estimate assumptions and provide reasonable 

assurance  that  insurance  contract  liabilities  cover  a  range  of  possible 

>  Investments are normally made in the same currency as the liabilities 

outcomes. Margins are reviewed periodically for continued appropriateness.

supported by those investments. Segmented investment guidelines 

include maximum tolerances for unhedged currency mismatch exposures.

Projected cash flows from fixed income assets used in actuarial calculations 

are reduced to provide for potential asset default losses. The net effective yield 

>  Foreign currency assets acquired to back liabilities are normally converted 

rate reduction averaged 0.18% (0.19% in 2013). The calculation for future credit 

back to the currency of the liability using foreign exchange contracts.

losses on assets is based on the credit quality of the underlying asset portfolio.

>  A 10% weakening of the Canadian dollar against foreign currencies would be 

Testing under a number of interest rate scenarios (including increasing, 

expected to increase non-participating insurance and investment contract 

decreasing and fluctuating rates) is done to assess reinvestment risk. The 

liabilities and their supporting assets by approximately the same amount, 

total provision for interest rates is sufficient to cover a broader or more severe 

resulting in an immaterial change to net earnings. A 10% strengthening 

set of risks than the minimum arising from the current Canadian Institute of 

of the Canadian dollar against foreign currencies would be expected to 

Actuaries-prescribed scenarios.

decrease non-participating insurance and investment contract liabilities 

and their supporting assets by approximately the same amount, resulting 

in an immaterial change in net earnings.

The range of interest rates covered by these provisions is set in consideration 

of long-term historical results and is monitored quarterly with a full review 

annually. An immediate 1% parallel shift in the yield curve would not have a 

Interest rate risk  The following policies and procedures are in place to 

material impact on Lifeco’s view of the range of interest rates to be covered 

mitigate Lifeco’s exposure to interest rate risk:

by the provisions. If sustained however, the parallel shift could impact Lifeco’s 

>  Lifeco utilizes a formal process for managing the matching of assets and 

range of scenarios covered.

liabilities. This involves grouping general fund assets and liabilities into 

The total provision for interest rates also considers the impact of the Canadian 

segments. Assets in each segment are managed in relation to the liabilities 

Institute of Actuaries-prescribed scenarios:

in the segment.

>  The effect of an immediate 1% parallel increase in the yield curve on the 

>  Interest rate risk is managed by investing in assets that are suitable for 

prescribed scenarios would not change the total provision for interest rates.

the products sold.

>  The effect of an immediate 1% parallel decrease in the yield curve on the 

>  Where  these  products  have  benefit  or  expense  payments  that  are 

prescribed scenarios would not change the total provision for interest rates.

dependent on inflation (inflation-indexed annuities, pensions and disability 

claims), Lifeco generally invests in real return instruments to hedge its real 

dollar liability cash flows. Some protection against changes in the inflation 

index is achieved as any related change in the fair value of the assets will be 

Another  way  of  measuring  the  interest  rate  risk  associated  with  this 

assumption is to determine the effect on the insurance and investment 

contract  liabilities  impacting  the  shareholders’  earnings  of  Lifeco  of  a 

1% change in Lifeco’s view of the range of interest rates to be covered by 

largely offset by a similar change in the fair value of the liabilities.

these provisions:

>  For  products  with  fixed  and  highly  predictable  benefit  payments, 

investments are made in fixed income assets or real estate whose cash 

flows closely match the liability product cash flows. Where assets are not 

available to match certain period cash flows, such as long-tail cash flows, a 

portion of these are invested in equities and the rest are duration matched. 

Hedging instruments are employed where necessary when there is a lack 

of suitable permanent investments to minimize loss exposure to interest 

rate changes. To the extent these cash flows are matched, protection 

against interest rate change is achieved and any change in the fair value of 

the assets will be offset by a similar change in the fair value of the liabilities.

>  The effect of an immediate 1% increase in the low and high end of the range 

of interest rates recognized in the provisions would be to decrease these 

insurance and investment contract liabilities by approximately $75 million, 

causing an increase in net earnings of approximately $41 million.

>  The effect of an immediate 1% decrease in the low and high end of the range 

of interest rates recognized in the provisions would be to increase these 

insurance and investment contract liabilities by approximately $564 million, 

causing a decrease in net earnings of approximately $383 million.

90 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 21  RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

Equity price risk  Lifeco has investment policy guidelines in place that 

would be expected to additionally decrease non-participating insurance and 

provide for prudent investment in equity markets with clearly defined limits 

investment contract liabilities by approximately $42 million, causing an increase 

to mitigate price risk.

The risks associated with segregated fund guarantees have been mitigated 

through a hedging program for lifetime Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal 

Benefit guarantees using equity futures, currency forwards, and interest rate 

in net earnings of approximately $34 million. A 10% decrease in equity values 

would be expected to additionally increase non-participating insurance and 

investment contract liabilities by approximately $149 million, causing a decrease 

in net earnings of approximately $113 million.

derivatives. For policies with segregated fund guarantees, Lifeco generally 

The best estimate return assumptions for equities are primarily based on 

determines insurance contract liabilities at a conditional tail expectation 

long-term historical averages. Changes in the current market could result in 

of 75 (CTE75) level.

Some insurance and investment contract liabilities are supported by investment 

properties, common stocks and private equities, for example, segregated fund 

products and products with long-tail cash flows. Generally these liabilities will 

fluctuate in line with equity market values. There will be additional impacts 

on these liabilities as equity values fluctuate. A 10% increase in equity values 

changes to these assumptions and will impact both asset and liability cash 

flows. A 1% increase in the best estimate assumption would be expected to 

decrease non-participating insurance contract liabilities by approximately 

$455 million, causing an increase in net earnings of approximately $355 million. 

A 1% decrease in the best estimate assumption would be expected to increase 

non-participating insurance contract liabilities by approximately $482 million, 

causing a decrease in net earnings of approximately $372 million.

IGM FINANCIAL

L I Q U I D I T Y R I S K

>  third  parties,  including  Canada  Mortgage  and  Housing  Corporation 

IGM’s  liquidity  management  practices  include:  controls  over  liquidity 

(CMHC) or Canadian bank-sponsored securitization trusts; or

management processes; stress testing of various operating scenarios; and 

oversight over liquidity management by committees of the board of directors 

of IGM.

A key liquidity requirement for IGM is the funding of commissions paid on 

the sale of investment funds. Commissions on the sale of investment funds 

continue to be paid from operating cash flows.

> 

institutional investors through private placements.

Certain subsidiaries of IGM are approved issuers of National Housing Act 

Mortgage-Backed  Securities  (NHA  MBS)  and  approved  sellers  into  the 

Canada Mortgage Bond Program (CMB Program). This issuer and seller status 

provides IGM with additional funding sources for residential mortgages. IGM’s 

continued ability to fund residential mortgages through Canadian bank-

IGM  also  maintains  sufficient  liquidity  to  fund  and  temporarily  hold 

sponsored securitization trusts and NHA MBS is dependent on securitization 

mortgages. Through its mortgage banking operations, residential mortgages 

market conditions that are subject to change. A condition of the NHA MBS 

are sold or securitized to:

>  Investors Mortgage and Short Term Income Fund and Investors Canadian 

Corporate Bond Fund;

and CMB Programs is that securitized loans be insured by an insurer that is 

approved by CMHC. The availability of mortgage insurance is dependent upon 

market conditions that are subject to change.

IGM’s contractual obligations were as follows:

DECEMBER 31, 2014

Derivative financial instruments

Deposits and certificates

Obligations to securitization entities

Long-term debt

Operation leases

Pension contributions

Total contractual obligations

DEMAND

LESS THAN 
1 YEAR

1–5 YEARS

AFTER 
5 YEARS

–

204

–

–

–

–

9

8

21

8

1,249

5,468

–

55

20

525

147

20

204

1,341

6,189

–

3

37

800

50

–

890

TOTAL

30

223

6,754

1,325

252

40

8,624

In addition to IGM’s current balance of cash and cash equivalents, liquidity 

C R E D I T  R I S K

is available through IGM’s operating lines of credit. IGM’s operating lines of 

IGM’s  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  securities  holdings,  mortgage  and 

credit with various Schedule I Canadian chartered banks totalled $525 million 

investment loan portfolios, and derivatives are subject to credit risk. IGM 

as at December 31, 2014, unchanged from December 31, 2013. The lines of 

monitors its credit risk management practices continuously to evaluate 

credit as at December 31, 2014 consisted of committed lines of $350 million 

their effectiveness.

($350 million in 2013) and uncommitted lines of $175 million ($175 million in 2013). 

IGM has accessed its uncommitted lines of credit in the past; however, any 

advances made by the banks under the uncommitted lines are at the banks’ 

sole discretion. As at December 31, 2014 and 2013, IGM was not utilizing its 

committed lines of credit or its uncommitted lines of credit.

At December 31, 2014, cash and cash equivalents of $1,216 million ($1,082 million 

in 2013) consisted of cash balances of $107 million ($89 million in 2013) on 

deposit with Canadian chartered banks and cash equivalents of $1,109 million 

($994 million in 2013). Cash equivalents are composed of Government of 

Canada treasury bills totalling $191 million ($42 million in 2013), provincial 

IGM’s liquidity position and its management of liquidity and funding risk have 

government and government-guaranteed commercial paper of $666 million 

not changed materially since December 31, 2013.

($564 million in 2013) and bankers’ acceptances issued by Canadian chartered 

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 91

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 21  RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

banks of $253 million ($388 million in 2013). IGM regularly reviews the credit 

The  portion  of  this  amount  pertaining  to  Canadian  bank-sponsored 

ratings of its counterparties. The maximum exposure to credit risk on these 

securitization trusts of $65 million ($59 million in 2013) is subordinated to 

financial instruments is their carrying value. IGM manages credit risk related 

the interests of the trust and represents the maximum exposure to credit 

to cash and cash equivalents by adhering to its Investment Policy that outlines 

risk for any failure of the borrowers to pay when due. Credit risk on these 

credit risk parameters and concentration limits.

mortgages is mitigated by any insurance on these mortgages, as previously 

IGM regularly reviews the credit quality of the mortgage portfolios related 

discussed, and IGM’s credit risk on insured loans is to the insurer.

to IGM’s mortgage banking operations and its intermediary operations, 

Rights to future net interest income under the NHA MBS and CMB Programs 

as well as the adequacy of the collective allowance. As at December 31, 

totalled $97 million ($70 million in 2013). Under the NHA MBS and CMB 

2014, mortgages totalled $7.0 billion ($5.9 billion in 2013) and consisted of 

Programs, IGM has an obligation to make timely payments to security holders 

residential mortgages:

>  Sold  to  securitization  programs  which  are  classified  as  loans  and 

receivables and totalled $6.6 billion compared to $5.5 billion at December 31, 

2013. An offsetting liability, obligations to securitization entities, has 

regardless of whether amounts are received from mortgagors. All mortgages 

securitized under the NHA MBS and CMB Programs are insured by CMHC 

or another approved insurer under the programs. Outstanding mortgages 

securitized under these programs are $4.6 billion ($3.8 billion in 2013).

been recorded and totalled $6.8 billion at December 31, 2014, compared to 

>  Fair value of principal reinvestment account swaps had a negative fair 

$5.6 billion at December 31, 2013.

>  Related  to  IGM’s  mortgage  banking  operations  which  are  classified 

as held for trading and totalled $366 million, compared to $324 million 

at  December  31,  2013.  These  loans  are  held  by  IGM  pending  sale 

or securitization.

>  Related to IGM’s intermediary operations which are classified as loans 

and receivables and totalled $30 million at December 31, 2014, compared 

to $36 million at December 31, 2013.

As at December 31, 2014, the mortgage portfolios related to IGM’s intermediary 

operations were geographically diverse, 100% residential (100% in 2013) and 

92.6% insured (88.6% in 2013). As at December 31, 2014, impaired mortgages were 

nil, unchanged from December 31, 2013. Uninsured non-performing mortgages 

over 90 days were nil, unchanged from December 31, 2013. The characteristics of 

the mortgage portfolios have not changed significantly during 2014.

The NHA MBS and CMB Program require that all securitized mortgages 

be insured against default by an approved insurer. The ABCP programs do 

not require mortgages to be insured; however, at December 31, 2014, 51.0% 

of these mortgages were insured compared to 58.9% at December 31, 2013. 

At December 31, 2014, 83.6% of the securitized portfolio and the residential 

mortgages classified as held for trading were insured, compared to 86.1% at 

December 31, 2013. As at December 31, 2014, impaired mortgages on these 

portfolios were $2 million, compared to $2 million at December 31, 2013. 

Uninsured non-performing mortgages over 90 days on these portfolios were 

$0.3 million at December 31, 2014, compared to $1 million at December 31, 2013.

IGM  retains  certain  elements  of  credit  risk  on  securitized  loans.  At 

December 31, 2014, 85.1% of securitized loans were insured against credit losses 

compared to 87.4% at December 31, 2013. IGM’s credit risk on its securitization 

activities is limited to its retained interests. The fair value of IGM’s retained 

interests in securitized mortgages was $136 million at December 31, 2014, 

compared to $113 million at December 31, 2013. Retained interests include:

>  Cash reserve accounts and rights to future net interest income, which 

were $35 million ($29 million in 2013) and $127 million ($100 million in 2013), 

value of $26 million at December 31, 2014 (negative $16 million in 2013) and 

is reflected on the balance sheet. These swaps represent the component of 

a swap entered into under the CMB Program whereby IGM pays coupons 

on Canada Mortgage Bonds and receives investment returns on the 

reinvestment of repaid mortgage principal. The notional amount of these 

swaps was $437 million at December 31, 2014 ($1,023 million in 2013).

IGM’s exposure to and management of credit risk related to cash and cash 

equivalents, fixed income securities and mortgage portfolios have not 

changed materially since December 31, 2013.

IGM utilizes over-the-counter derivatives to hedge interest rate risk and 

reinvestment risk associated with its mortgage banking and securitization 

activities, as well as market risk related to certain stock-based compensation 

arrangements. To the extent that the fair value of the derivatives is in a gain 

position, IGM is exposed to the credit risk that its counterparties fail to fulfill 

their obligations under these arrangements.

IGM participates in the CMB Program by entering into back-to-back swaps 

whereby Canadian Schedule I chartered banks designated by IGM are between 

IGM and the Canadian Housing Trust. IGM receives coupons on NHA MBS and 

eligible principal reinvestments and pays coupons on the Canada Mortgage 

Bonds. IGM also enters into offsetting interest rate swaps with the same bank 

counterparties to hedge interest rate and reinvestment risk associated with 

the CMB Program. The negative fair value of these swaps totalled $9 million at 

December 31, 2014 (negative $17 million in 2013) and the outstanding notional 

amount was $6.7 billion ($6.8 billion in 2013). Certain of these swaps relate to 

securitized mortgages that have been recorded on the balance sheet with an 

associated obligation. Accordingly, these swaps, with an outstanding notional 

amount of $4.2 billion ($3.6 billion in 2013) and having a negative fair value of 

$18 million (negative $28 million in 2013), are not reflected on the balance sheet. 

Principal reinvestment account swaps and hedges of reinvestment and interest 

rate risk, with an outstanding notional amount of $2.4 billion ($3.2 billion in 

2013) and having a fair value of $9 million ($11 million in 2013), are reflected on 

the balance sheet. The exposure to credit risk, which is limited to the fair value 

of swaps in a gain position, totalled $41 million at December 31, 2014, compared 

respectively, at December 31, 2014. Cash reserve accounts are reflected 

to $47 million at December 31, 2013.

on the balance sheet, whereas rights to future net interest income are 

not reflected on the balance sheet and will be recorded over the life of 

the mortgages.

IGM utilizes interest rate swaps to hedge interest rate risk associated with 

mortgages securitized through Canadian bank-sponsored ABCP programs. 

The negative fair value of these interest rate swaps totalled $0.3 million 

(negative $1 million in 2013) on an outstanding notional amount of $24 million 

at December 31, 2014 ($66 million in 2013). The exposure to credit risk, which 

is limited to the fair value of swaps in a gain position, was nil at December 31, 

2014, unchanged from December 31, 2013.

92 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 21  RISK MANAGEMENT (CONTINUED)

IGM enters into other derivative contracts which consist primarily of interest 

banks to hedge the risk that ABCP rates rise. However, IGM remains 

rate swaps utilized to hedge interest rate risk related to mortgages held 

exposed to the basis risk that ABCP rates are greater than the bankers’ 

pending sale, or committed to, by IGM as well as total return swaps and 

acceptance rates that it receives on its hedges.

forward agreements on IGM’s common shares utilized to hedge deferred 

compensation arrangements. The fair value of interest rate swaps, total 

return swaps and forward agreements was $1 million on an outstanding 

notional amount of $156 million at December 31, 2014, compared to a fair 

value of $12 million on an outstanding notional amount of $154 million at 

December 31, 2013. The exposure to credit risk, which is limited to the fair 

value of those instruments which are in a gain position, was $3 million at 

December 31, 2014, compared to $12 million as at December 31, 2013.

>  IGM has in certain instances funded floating rate mortgages with fixed rate 

Canada Mortgage Bonds as part of the securitization transactions under 

the CMB Program. IGM enters into interest rate swaps with Canadian 

Schedule I chartered banks to hedge the risk that the interest rates earned 

on floating rate mortgages decline. As previously discussed, as part of the 

CMB Program, IGM also is entitled to investment returns on reinvestment 

of principal repayments of securitized mortgages and is obligated to pay 

Canada Mortgage Bond coupons that are generally fixed rate. IGM hedges 

The  aggregate  credit  risk  exposure  related  to  derivatives  that  are  in  a 

the risk that reinvestment returns decline by entering into interest rate 

gain position of $43 million ($58 million in 2013) does not give effect to any 

swaps with Canadian Schedule I chartered bank counterparties.

netting agreements or collateral arrangements. The exposure to credit risk, 

considering netting agreements and collateral arrangements and including 

rights to future net interest, was $3 million at December 31, 2014 ($4 million 

in 2013). Counterparties are all Canadian Schedule I chartered banks and, as 

a result, management of IGM has determined that IGM’s overall credit risk 

related to derivatives was not significant at December 31, 2014. Management 

of credit risk has not changed materially since December 31, 2013.

>  IGM is also exposed to the impact that changes in interest rates may have 

on the value of mortgages held, or committed to, by IGM. IGM may enter 

into interest rate swaps to hedge this risk.

As at December 31, 2014, the impact to annual net earnings of a 100-basis-

point change in interest rates would have been a decrease of approximately 

$2 million. IGM’s exposure to and management of interest rate risk has not 

changed materially since December 31, 2013.

M A R K E T R I S K

Equity price risk 

IGM is exposed to equity price risk on its proprietary 

Currency risk 

IGM’s financial instruments are generally denominated in 

investment funds which are classified as available-for-sale securities and 

Canadian dollars, and do not have significant exposure to changes in foreign 

its equity securities and proprietary investment funds which are classified 

exchange rates.

Interest rate risk 

IGM is exposed to interest rate risk on its loan portfolio, 

fixed income securities, Canada Mortgage Bonds and on certain of the 

derivative  financial  instruments  used  in  IGM’s  mortgage  banking  and 

as fair value through profit or loss. Unrealized gains and losses on available-

for-sale securities are recorded in other comprehensive income until they are 

realized or until management of IGM determines there is objective evidence 

of impairment in value, at which time they are recorded in the statements 

intermediary operations.

of earnings.

The objective of IGM’s asset and liability management is to control interest 

rate risk related to its intermediary operations by actively managing its 

interest rate exposure. As at December 31, 2014, the total gap between deposit 

assets and liabilities was within IGM’s trust subsidiaries’ stated guidelines.

IGM sponsors a number of deferred compensation arrangements where 

payments to participants are linked to the performance of the common 

shares of IGM Financial Inc. IGM hedges this risk through the use of forward 

agreements and total return swaps.

IGM utilizes interest rate swaps with Canadian Schedule I chartered bank 

counterparties in order to reduce the impact of fluctuating interest rates on 

its mortgage banking operations, as follows:

R I S K S  R E L AT E D  TO   A S S E T S   U N D E R  M A N AG E M E N T   
—  M A R K E T  R I S K

Risks related to the performance of the equity markets, changes in interest 

>  IGM  has  funded  fixed  rate  mor tgages  with  ABCP  as  par t  of  the 

rates and changes in foreign currencies relative to the Canadian dollar can 

securitization transactions with bank-sponsored securitization trusts. 

have a significant impact on the level and mix of assets under management. 

IGM enters into interest rate swaps with Canadian Schedule I chartered 

These changes in assets under management directly impact earnings of IGM.

NOTE 22  OPERATING AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Salaries and other employee benefits

General and administrative expenses

Amortization, depreciation and impairment

Premium taxes

Restructuring and acquisition expenses

Client distributions and other costs [1]

2014

2,934

1,525

233

339

50

81

5,162

2013

2,511

1,344

199

313

107

–

4,474

[1]  In the third quarter of 2012, IGM introduced investment solutions for clients with household investments in IGM’s funds in excess of $0.5 million. At December 31, 
2014, an accrual of $81 million was recorded related to these lower fee investment solutions. This amount primarily reflects distributions to clients who did not 
transfer to these lower-priced solutions when eligible.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 93

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 23  FINANCING CHARGES

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Interest on debentures and debt instruments

Interest on capital trust debentures

Other

2014

374

11

28

413

2013

364

11

25

400

NOTE 24  PENSION PLANS AND OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

C H A R AC T E R I S T I C S , F U N D I N G  A N D   R I S K

The Corporation and its subsidiaries also provide post-employment health, 

The Corporation and its subsidiaries maintain funded defined benefit pension 

dental and life insurance benefits to eligible employees, advisors and their 

plans for certain employees and advisors as well as unfunded supplementary 

dependents. These post-employment benefits are not pre-funded. The 

employee retirement plans (SERP) for certain employees. The Corporation’s 

obligations for these benefits are supported by assets of the Corporation 

subsidiaries also maintain defined contribution pension plans for eligible 

and its subsidiaries.

employees and advisors.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries have pension and benefit committees 

The defined benefit pension plans provide pensions based on length of service 

or a trustee arrangement that provides oversight for the benefit plans. 

and final average earnings. For most plans, active plan participants share 

The benefit plans are monitored on an ongoing basis to assess the benefit, 

in the cost by making contributions in respect of current service. Certain 

funding and investment policies, financial status, and funding requirements 

pension payments are indexed either on an ad hoc basis or a guaranteed 

of the Corporation and its subsidiaries. Significant changes to benefit plans 

basis. The determination of the defined benefit obligation reflects pension 

require approval.

benefits, in accordance with the terms of the plans, and assuming the plans 

are not terminated. The assets supporting the funded pension plans are held 

in separate trusteed pension funds. The obligations for the wholly unfunded 

plans are supported by assets of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries’ funding policy for the funded pension 

plans is to make annual contributions equal to or greater than those required 

by the applicable regulations and plan provisions that govern the funding 

of the plans. Where funded plans have a net defined benefit asset, the 

Effective January 1, 2013, both the Great-West Life Assurance Company 

Corporation and its subsidiaries determine if an economic benefit exists in 

Canadian Employees’ Pension Plan and the London Life Staff Pension Plan 

the form of potential reductions in future contributions and in the form of 

added a defined contribution provision to their plans. All new hires after 

surplus refunds, where permitted by applicable regulation and plan provisions.

this date are eligible only for defined contribution benefits. This change is 

consistent with the benefit provisions of the majority of Lifeco’s pension 

plans and will continue to reduce Lifeco’s defined benefit plan exposure in 

future years.

By  their  design,  the  defined  benefit  plans  expose  the  Corporation  and 

its subsidiaries to the typical risks faced by defined benefit plans such as 

investment  performance,  changes  to  the  discount  rates  used  to  value 

the obligations, longevity of plan members, and future inflation. Pension 

The defined contribution pension plans provide pension benefits based on 

and benefit risk is managed by regular monitoring of the plans, applicable 

accumulated employee and employer contributions. Contributions to these 

regulations and other factors that could impact the expenses and cash flows 

plans are a set percentage of employees’ annual income and may be subject 

of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

to certain vesting requirements.

94 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 24  PENSION PLANS AND OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

P L A N A S S E T S , B E N E F I T  O B L I G AT I O N S A N D  F U N D E D S TAT U S

2014

2013

PENSION 
PL ANS

OTHER POST-
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

PENSION 
PL ANS

OTHER POST-
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

DECEMBER 31

CHANGE IN FAIR VALUE OF PLAN ASSETS

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

Interest income

Employee contributions

Employer contributions

Return on assets greater than interest income

Benefits paid

Administrative expenses

Business acquisitions

Foreign exchange and other

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

CHANGE IN DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION

Defined benefit obligation, beginning of year

Current service cost

Employee contributions

Interest cost

Actuarial (gains) losses on:

Financial assumption changes

Demographic assumption changes

Arising from member experience

Benefits paid

Past service cost and plan amendments

Business acquisitions

Foreign exchange and other

Defined benefit obligation, end of year

FUNDED STATUS

Fund deficit

Unrecognized amount due to asset ceiling

Accrued benefit liability

The aggregate defined benefit obligation of pension plans is as follows:

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Wholly or partly funded plans

Wholly unfunded plans

3,539

176

22

164

310

(210)

(6)

1,196

158

5,349

4,389

125

22

212

(332)

37

8

(210)

1

1,202

199

5,653

(304)

(44)

(348)

5,349

251

25

164

438

(238)

(6)

–

(23)

5,960

5,653

133

25

261

938

114

(3)

(238)

21

–

(38)

–

–

–

20

–

(20)

–

–

–

–

438

3

–

20

40

(14)

(13)

(20)

(1)

3

1

6,866

457

(906)

(23)

(929)

(457)

–

(457)

2014

6,406

460

–

–

–

19

–

(19)

–

–

–

–

470

4

–

19

(29)

(11)

3

(19)

–

–

1

438

(438)

–

(438)

2013

5,229

424

2013

TOTAL

408

(1,194)

(786)

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 95

The net accrued benefit asset (liability) shown above is presented in these financial statements as follows:

DECEMBER 31

Pension benefit assets

Pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities

Accrued benefit asset (liability)

PENSION 
PL ANS

275

(1,204)

(929)

OTHER POST-
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

–

(457)

(457)

2014

TOTAL

275

(1,661)

(1,386)

PENSION 
PL ANS

OTHER POST-
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

408

(756)

(348)

–

(438)

(438)

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24  PENSION PLANS AND OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

Under International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) 

through  future  contribution  reductions  or  refunds.  In  the  event  the 

14, The Limit on a Defined Benefit Asset, Minimum Funding Requirements and their 

Corporation and its subsidiaries are not entitled to a benefit, a limit or “asset 

Interaction, the Corporation and its subsidiaries must assess whether the 

ceiling” is required on the balance. The following provides a breakdown of the 

pension asset has economic benefit to the Corporation and its subsidiaries 

changes in the asset ceiling.

DECEMBER 31

Asset ceiling, beginning of year

Interest on beginning of period asset ceiling

Change in asset ceiling

Asset ceiling, end of year

P E N S I O N A N D  OT H E R P O S T- E M P LOY M E N T  B E N E F I T   E X P E N S E

DECEMBER 31

Defined benefit current service cost

Net interest cost

Past service cost and plan amendments

Administration fees

Defined contribution current service cost

Expense recognized in net earnings

Actuarial (gain) loss recognized

Return on assets greater than interest income

Change in asset ceiling

Expense (income) recognized in other comprehensive income

Total expense (income)

2014

44

2

(23)

23

2013

41

2

1

44

2014

2013

PENSION 
PL ANS

OTHER POST-
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

PENSION 
PL ANS

OTHER POST-
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

133

12

3

6

42

196

1,049

(438)

(23)

588

784

3

20

–

–

–

23

13

–

–

13

36

125

38

1

6

31

201

(287)

(310)

1

(596)

(395)

4

19

–

–

–

23

(37)

–

–

(37)

(14)

During 2014, the Corporation and its subsidiaries incurred $31 million of actuarial losses ($23 million of actuarial gains in 2013) for pension plan remeasurements 

not included in the table shown above. This relates to the share of actuarial gains (losses) for investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates.

A S S E T A L LO C AT I O N BY M A J O R  C AT E G O RY  W E I G H T E D  BY  P L A N  A S S E T S

DECEMBER 31
%

Equity securities

Debt securities

All other assets

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PL ANS

2013

54

37

9

100

2014

52

38

10

100

No plan assets are directly invested in the Corporation’s or subsidiaries’ 

$1,066 million (nil in 2013) of plan assets invested in segregated funds of Lifeco. 

securities. Lifeco’s plan assets include investments in segregated and other 

Plan assets do not include any property occupied or other assets used by 

funds managed by subsidiaries of Lifeco in the balance sheet of $4,478 million 

Lifeco. IGM’s plan assets are invested in IGM’s mutual funds. Power Financial’s 

at December 31, 2014 ($3,012 million at December 31, 2013). During 2014, Lifeco’s 

plan assets are invested in segregated funds managed by a subsidiary of Lifeco.

pension plans reallocated certain investments which resulted in an additional 

96 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 24  PENSION PLANS AND OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

D E TA I L S O F  D E F I N E D  B E N E F I T  O B L I G AT I O N

PORTION OF DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION SUBJECT TO FUTURE SALARY INCREASES

DECEMBER 31

Benefit obligation without future salary increases

Effect of assumed future salary increases

Defined benefit obligation

ALLOCATION OF DEFINED BENEFIT OBLIGATION BY MEMBERSHIP

DECEMBER 31
%

Actives

Deferred vesteds

Retirees

Total

Weighted average duration of defined benefit obligation (in years)

C A S H F LOW I N F O R M AT I O N

The expected employer contributions for the year 2015 are as follows:

Funded (wholly or partly) defined benefit plans

Unfunded defined benefit plans

Defined contribution plans

Total

AC T UA R I A L A S S U M P T I O N S  A N D   S E N S I T I V I T I E S

ACTUARIAL ASSUMPTIONS

%

RANGE OF DISCOUNT RATES

To determine benefit cost

To determine accrued benefit obligation at year-end

WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED TO DETERMINE BENEFIT COST [1]

Discount rate

Rate of compensation increase

WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS USED TO DETERMINE ACCRUED BENEFIT  

OBLIGATION AT YEAR-END [1]

Discount rate

Rate of compensation increase

WEIGHTED AVERAGE HEALTHCARE TREND RATES [1]

Initial healthcare trend rate

Ultimate healthcare trend rate

Year ultimate trend rate is reached

[1]  Based on the obligations of each plan.

2014

OTHER POST-
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

457

–

457

PENSION 
PL ANS

6,121

745

6,866

2013

OTHER POST-
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

438

–

438

PENSION 
PL ANS

5,036

617

5,653

2014

2013

PENSION 
PL ANS

OTHER POST-
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

PENSION 
PL ANS

OTHER POST-
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

47

16

37

100

19.1

28

–

72

100

13.0

46

15

39

100

18.2

25

–

75

100

11.9

PENSION 
PL ANS

OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

107

22

54

183

–

21

–

21

DEFINED BENEFIT 
PENSION PL ANS

OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

2014

2013

2014

2013

4.7 – 5.1

4.1 – 4.6

4.7 – 5.0

4.1 – 4.5

3.1 – 4.1

4.7 – 5.1

3.9 – 4.1

4.7 – 5.0

4.7

3.3

3.5

3.3

4.4

3.2

4.7

3.3

4.8

–

3.9

–

5.3

4.5

2029

4.2

–

4.8

–

6.4

4.5

2024

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 97

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24  PENSION PLANS AND OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS (CONTINUED)

SAMPLE LIFE EXPECTANCIES BASED ON MORTALITY ASSUMPTIONS

DECEMBER 31

Weighted average life expectancies based on mortality assumptions [1]:

Male

Age 65 in fiscal year

Age 65 in fiscal year + 30 years

Female

Age 65 in fiscal year

Age 65 in fiscal year + 30 years

[1]  Based on the obligations of each plan.

2014

2013

PENSION 
PL ANS

OTHER POST-
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

PENSION 
PL ANS

OTHER POST-
EMPLOYMENT 
BENEFITS

22.7

25.1

24.7

26.8

22.1

23.8

24.6

26.0

22.0

24.3

23.9

25.8

21.4

23.0

23.7

25.0

Mortality assumptions are significant in measuring the defined benefit 

its subsidiaries take into consideration average life expectancy, including 

obligation for defined benefit plans. The period of time over which benefits 

allowances for future mortality improvement as appropriate, and reflect 

are  assumed  to  be  paid  is  based  on  best  estimates  of  future  mortality, 

variations in such factors as age, gender and geographic location.

including allowances for mortality improvements. This estimate is subject 

to considerable uncertainty and judgment is required in establishing this 

assumption. The mortality assumptions applied by the Corporation and 

The mortality tables are reviewed at least annually, and assumptions are in 

accordance with accepted actuarial practice. Emerging plan experience is 

reviewed and considered in establishing the best estimate for future mortality.

IMPACT OF CHANGES TO ASSUMPTIONS

DECEMBER 31, 2014

DEFINED BENEFIT PENSION PLANS:

Impact of a change to the discount rate

Impact of a change to the rate of compensation increase

Impact of a change to the rate of inflation

OTHER POST-EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS:

Impact of a change to the discount rate

Impact of a change to assumed medical cost trend rates

1% INCREASE

1% DECREASE

(1,088)

362

649

(53)

40

1,414

(304)

(521)

64

(34)

To measure the impact of a change in an assumption, all other assumptions were held constant. It would be expected that there would be interaction between 

at least some of the assumptions and therefore the sensitivity analysis presented may not be representative of the actual change.

98 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 25  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

In the normal course of managing exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, and to market risks, the Corporation and its subsidiaries 

are end-users of various derivative financial instruments. Contracts are either exchange traded or over-the-counter with counterparties that are credit-

worthy financial intermediaries.

The following table summarizes the portfolio of derivative financial instruments of the Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31:

DECEMBER 31, 2014

1 YEAR 
OR LESS

1–5 
YEARS

OVER 
5 YEARS

TOTAL

MA XIMUM 
CREDIT RISK

TOTAL 
FAIR VALUE

NOTIONAL AMOUNT

DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED AS ACCOUNTING HEDGES

Interest rate contracts

Swaps

Options purchased

Futures – long

Futures – short

Foreign exchange contracts

Forward contracts

Cross-currency swaps

Other derivative contracts

Equity contracts

Futures – long

Futures – short

Other forward contracts

CASH FLOW HEDGES

Interest rate contracts

Swaps

Foreign exchange contracts

Cross-currency swaps

Other derivative contracts

Forward contracts and total return swap

FAIR VALUE HEDGES

Interest rate contracts

Swaps

1,876

218

10

12

2,700

182

–

–

1,389

78

–

–

5,965

478

10

12

2,116

2,882

1,467

6,465

751

354

1,105

156

10

317

107

590

491

2,285

2,776

–

5,492

5,492

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1,242

8,131

9,373

156

10

317

107

590

411

50

–

–

461

41

169

210

2

–

1

–

3

350

50

–

–

400

27

(751)

(724)

(3)

–

(2)

–

(5)

3,811

5,658

6,959

16,428

674

(329)

–

–

11

11

–

1,500

23

1,523

–

3,822

18

7,199

36

–

1

37

72

36

1,500

35

1,571

90

7,068

18,089

14

–

3

17

2

693

14

(219)

1

(204)

1

(532)

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 99

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 25  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

DECEMBER 31, 2013

1 YEAR 
OR LESS

1–5 
YEARS

OVER 
5 YEARS

TOTAL

MA XIMUM 
CREDIT RISK

TOTAL
FAIR VALUE

NOTIONAL AMOUNT

DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED AS ACCOUNTING HEDGES

Interest rate contracts

Swaps

Options purchased

Futures – long

Futures – short

Foreign exchange contracts

Forward contracts

Cross-currency swaps

Other derivative contracts

Equity contracts

Futures – long

Futures – short

Other forward contracts

CASH FLOW HEDGES

Interest rate contracts

Swaps

Foreign exchange contracts

Cross-currency swaps

Other derivative contracts

Forward contracts and total return swap

FAIR VALUE HEDGES

Interest rate contracts

Swaps

2,455

265

4

13

3,191

327

–

–

990

89

–

–

6,636

681

4

13

2,737

3,518

1,079

7,334

602

213

815

476

2,053

2,529

–

4,986

4,986

1,078

7,252

8,330

10,762

15

301

157

11,235

26,899

33

1,512

32

1,577

83

10,660

102

15

301

157

11,133

14,685

–

–

15

15

–

–

–

102

6,149

–

1,500

17

1,517

–

14,700

17

7,683

–

–

–

–

–

6,065

33

12

–

45

66

6,176

28,559

269

30

–

–

299

11

313

324

11

–

–

–

11

634

7

–

8

15

176

30

–

–

206

6

(167)

(161)

(90)

–

(6)

–

(96)

(51)

7

(94)

8

(79)

5

654

5

(125)

The amount subject to maximum credit risk is limited to the current fair value 

Call options grant the Corporation and its subsidiaries the right to enter into 

of the instruments which are in a gain position. The maximum credit risk is 

a swap with predetermined fixed-rate payments over a predetermined time 

presented without giving effect to any netting agreements and does not 

period on the exercise date. Call options are used to manage the variability 

reflect actual or expected losses. The total estimated fair value represents 

in future interest payments due to a change in credited interest rates and the 

the total amount that the Corporation and its subsidiaries would receive 

related potential change in cash flows due to surrenders. Call options are also 

(or pay) to terminate all agreements at year-end. However, this would not 

used to hedge minimum rate guarantees.

result in a gain or loss to the Corporation and its subsidiaries as the derivative 

instruments which correlate to certain assets and liabilities provide offsetting 

gains or losses.

I N T E R E S T R AT E C O N T R AC T S

F O R E I G N E XC H A N G E  C O N T R AC T S

Cross-currency swaps are used in combination with other investments to 

manage foreign currency risk associated with investment activities and 

insurance and investment contract liabilities. Under these swaps, principal 

Interest rate swaps, futures and options are used as part of a portfolio of 

amounts and fixed or floating interest payments may be exchanged in 

assets to manage interest rate risk associated with investment activities 

different currencies. The Corporation and its subsidiaries may also enter 

and insurance and investment contract liabilities and to reduce the impact 

into certain foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge certain product 

of  fluctuating  interest  rates  on  the  mortgage  banking  operations  and 

liabilities, cash and cash equivalents and cash flows.

intermediary operations. Interest rate swap agreements require the periodic 

exchange of payments without the exchange of the notional principal amount 

on which payments are based.

100 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 25  DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

OT H E R D E R I VAT I V E  C O N T R AC T S

Equity index swaps, futures and options are used to hedge certain product 

E N F O R C E A B L E  M A S T E R   N E T T I N G  AG R E E M E N T S   
O R  S I M I L A R  AG R E E M E N T S

liabilities. Equity index swaps are also used as substitutes for cash instruments 

The Corporation and its subsidiaries enter into the International Swaps and 

and are used to periodically hedge the market risk associated with certain 

Derivative Association’s master agreements for transacting over-the-counter 

fee income. Equity put options are used to manage the potential credit risk 

derivatives. The Corporation and its subsidiaries receive and pledge collateral 

impact of significant declines in certain equity markets.

according to the related International Swaps and Derivative Association’s 

Forward agreements and total return swaps are used to manage exposure 

to fluctuations in the total return of common shares related to deferred 

compensation arrangements. Forward agreements and total return swaps 

require the exchange of net contractual payments periodically or at maturity 

Credit Support Annexes. The International Swaps and Derivative Association’s 

master agreements do not meet the criteria for offsetting on the balance 

sheets because they create a right of set-off that is enforceable only in the 

event of default, insolvency, or bankruptcy.

without the exchange of the notional principal amounts on which the 

For exchange-traded derivatives subject to derivative clearing agreements 

payments are based. Certain of these instruments are not designated as 

with exchanges and clearing houses, there is no provision for set-off at default. 

hedges. Changes in fair value are recorded in operating and administrative 

Initial margin is excluded from the table below as it would become part of a 

expenses in the statements of earnings for those instruments not designated 

pooled settlement process.

as hedges.

Lifeco’s reverse repurchase agreements are also subject to right of set-off 

in the event of default. These transactions and agreements include master 

netting arrangements which provide for the netting of payment obligations 

between Lifeco and its counterparties in the event of default.

The following disclosure shows the potential effect on the Corporation’s balance sheets on financial instruments that have been shown in a gross position 

where right of set-off exists under certain circumstances that do not qualify for netting on the balance sheets.

DECEMBER 31, 2014

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (ASSETS)

Derivative financial instruments

Reverse repurchase agreements [3]

Total financial instruments (assets)

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (LIABILITIES)

Derivative instruments

Total financial instruments (liabilities)

DECEMBER 31, 2013

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (ASSETS)

Derivative financial instruments

Reverse repurchase agreements [3]

Total financial instruments (assets)

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (LIABILITIES)

Derivative instruments

Total financial instruments (liabilities)

REL ATED AMOUNTS NOT SET OFF IN THE BAL ANCE SHEETS

GROSS AMOUNT 
OF FINANCIAL 
INSTRUMENTS 
PRESENTED IN 
THE BALANCE 
SHEET

OFFSETTING 
COUNTERPARTY

 POSITION [1]

FINANCIAL
COLLATERAL
RECEIVED/
 PLEDGED [2]

NET 
EXPOSURE

693

44

737

1,225

1,225

(331)

–

(331)

(331)

(331)

(51)

(44)

(95)

(260)

(260)

311

–

311

634

634

REL ATED AMOUNTS NOT SET OFF IN THE BAL ANCE SHEETS

GROSS AMOUNT 
OF FINANCIAL 
INSTRUMENTS 
PRESENTED IN 
THE BAL ANCE 
SHEET

OFFSET TING 
COUNTERPART Y

FINANCIAL
COLL ATERAL
RECEIVED/

 POSITION [1]

 PLEDGED [2]

NET 
EXPOSURE

654

87

741

779

779

(271)

–

(271)

(271)

(271)

(22)

(87)

(109)

(199)

(199)

361

–

361

309

309

[1]  Includes counterparty amounts recognized on the balance sheets where the Corporation and its subsidiaries have a potential offsetting position (as described 

above) but does not meet the criteria for offsetting on the balance sheets, excluding collateral.

[2]  Financial collateral presented above excludes overcollateralization and, for exchange-traded derivatives, initial margin. Financial collateral received on reverse 
repurchase agreements is held by a third party. Total financial collateral, including initial margin and overcollateralization, received on derivative assets was 
$52 million ($22 million at December 31, 2013), received on reverse repurchase agreements was $45 million ($89 million at December 31, 2013), and pledged on 
derivative liabilities was $299 million ($222 million at December 31, 2013).

[3]  Assets related to reverse repurchase agreements are included in bonds in the balance sheets.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

101

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair value of the 

The table excludes fair value information for financial assets and financial 

Corporation’s financial assets and financial liabilities, including their levels 

liabilities not measured at fair value if the carrying amount is a reasonable 

in the fair value hierarchy using the valuation methods and assumptions 

approximation  of  the  fair  value.  The  excluded  items  are  cash  and  cash 

described in the summary of significant accounting policies and below. Fair 

equivalents,  dividends,  interest  and  accounts  receivable,  income  tax 

values are management’s estimates and are generally calculated using market 

receivable, loans to policyholders, certain other financial assets, accounts 

conditions at a specific point in time and may not reflect future fair values. 

payable, repurchase agreements, dividends payable, interest payable, income 

The calculations are subjective in nature, involve uncertainties and matters 

tax payable and certain other financial liabilities.

of significant judgment. The table distinguishes between those financial 

instruments recorded at fair value and those recorded at amortized cost.

DECEMBER 31, 2014

FINANCIAL ASSETS

Financial assets recorded at fair value

Bonds

Fair value through profit or loss

Available for sale

Mortgage loans

Fair value through profit or loss

Shares

Fair value through profit or loss

Available for sale

Investment properties

Derivative instruments

Other assets

Financial assets recorded at amortized cost

Bonds

Loans and receivables

Mortgage loans

Loans and receivables

Shares

Available for sale [1]

Total financial assets

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Financial liabilities recorded at fair value

Investment contract liabilities

Derivative instruments

Other liabilities

Financial liabilities recorded at amortized cost

Obligations to securitization entities

Debentures and debt instruments

Capital trust debentures

Deposits and certificates

Total financial liabilities

CARRYING
VALUE

LEVEL 1

LEVEL 2

LEVEL 3

TOTAL
FAIR VALUE

79,957

10,501

366

6,697

60

4,613

693

421

103,308

13,178

27,199

560

40,937

144,245

857

1,225

16

2,098

6,754

6,887

162

223

14,026

16,124

–

–

–

6,671

59

–

1

278

7,009

–

–

–

–

79,871

10,500

366

7

–

–

692

143

86

1

–

19

1

4,613

–

–

79,957

10,501

366

6,697

60

4,613

693

421

91,579

4,720

103,308

14,533

126

14,659

22,197

6,819

29,016

–

36,730

560

7,505

560

44,235

7,009

128,309

12,225

147,543

–

4

16

20

–

526

–

–

526

546

829

1,195

–

2,024

–

7,469

220

225

7,914

9,938

28

26

–

54

6,859

70

–

–

6,929

6,983

857

1,225

16

2,098

6,859

8,065

220

225

15,369

17,467

[1]  Fair value of certain shares available for sale cannot be reliably measured, therefore these investments are held at cost.

102 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 26  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

DECEMBER 31, 2013

FINANCIAL ASSETS

Financial assets recorded at fair value

Bonds

Fair value through profit or loss

Available for sale

Mortgage loans

Fair value through profit or loss

Shares

Fair value through profit or loss

Available for sale

Investment properties

Derivative instruments

Other assets

Financial assets recorded at amortized cost

Bonds

Loans and receivables

Mortgage loans

Loans and receivables

Shares

Available for sale [1]

Total financial assets

FINANCIAL LIABILITIES

Financial liabilities recorded at fair value

Investment contract liabilities

Derivative instruments

Other liabilities

Financial liabilities recorded at amortized cost

Obligations to securitization entities

Debentures and debt instruments

Capital trust debentures

Deposits and certificates

Total financial liabilities

CARRYING
VALUE

LEVEL 1

LEVEL 2

LEVEL 3

TOTAL
FAIR VALUE

70,104

8,370

324

7,297

117

4,288

654

396

91,550

11,855

24,591

632

37,078

128,628

889

779

20

1,688

5,572

7,275

163

187

13,197

14,885

–

–

–

7,264

116

–

–

244

7,624

–

–

–

–

69,771

8,346

324

7

–

–

646

131

333

24

–

26

1

4,288

8

21

70,104

8,370

324

7,297

117

4,288

654

396

79,225

4,701

91,550

12,544

128

12,672

19,517

5,695

25,212

–

32,061

632

6,455

632

38,516

7,624

111,286

11,156

130,066

–

6

20

26

–

582

–

–

582

608

859

749

–

1,608

–

7,409

205

188

7,802

9,410

30

24

–

54

5,671

75

–

–

5,746

5,800

889

779

20

1,688

5,671

8,066

205

188

14,130

15,818

[1]  Fair value of certain shares available for sale cannot be reliably measured, therefore these investments are held at cost.

There were no significant transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 in 2014 and 2013.

The Corporation’s financial assets and financial liabilities recorded at fair value 

>  Level  2  inputs  utilize  other-than-quoted  prices  included  in  Level  1  that 

and those for which fair value is disclosed have been categorized based upon 

are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 

the following fair value hierarchy:

>  Level 1 inputs utilize observable, quoted prices (unadjusted) in active 

markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Corporation has the ability 

to access. Financial assets and liabilities utilizing Level 1 inputs include 

actively exchange-traded equity securities, exchange-traded futures, 

and mutual and segregated funds which have available prices in an active 

market with no redemption restrictions. Level 1 assets also include open-

end investment fund units in instances where there are quoted prices 

available from active markets.

2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active 

markets, and inputs other-than-quoted prices that are observable for the 

asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable 

at commonly quoted intervals. The fair values for some Level 2 securities 

were obtained from a pricing service. The pricing service inputs include, 

but are not limited to, benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer 

quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, offers 

and reference data. Level 2 assets and liabilities include those priced using 

a matrix which is based on credit quality and average life, government and 

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 103

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 26  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)

agency securities, restricted stock, some private bonds and equities, most 

>  Level 3 inputs utilize one or more significant inputs that are not based on 

investment-grade and high-yield corporate bonds, most asset-backed 

observable market inputs and include situations where there is little, if 

securities, most over-the-counter derivatives, mortgage loans, deposits 

any, market activity for the asset or liability. The values of the majority 

and certificates, and most debentures and debt instruments. The fair 

of Level 3 securities were obtained from single-broker quotes, internal 

value of derivative financial instruments and deposits and certificates is 

pricing models, external appraisers or by discounting projected cash 

determined using valuation models, discounted cash flow methodologies, 

flows. Financial assets and liabilities utilizing Level 3 inputs include certain 

or similar techniques using primarily observable market inputs. The fair 

bonds, certain asset-backed securities, some private equities, some 

value of long-term debt is determined using indicative broker quotes. 

mortgage loans, investments in mutual and segregated funds where 

Investment contracts that are measured at fair value through profit or loss 

there are redemption restrictions, certain over-the-counter derivatives, 

are mostly included in the Level 2 category.

investment properties, obligations to securitization entities, and certain 

debt instruments.

The following table presents additional information about financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which the 

Corporation and its subsidiaries have utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value for the year ended December 31, 2014.

BONDS

SHARES

DECEMBER 31, 2014

FAIR VALUE 
THROUGH
 PROFIT OR LOSS

AVAILABLE 
FOR SALE

FAIR VALUE 
THROUGH
 PROFIT OR LOSS

AVAILABLE 
FOR SALE

INVESTMENT 
PROPERTIES

DERIVATIVES, 
NET

OTHER ASSETS
(LIABILITIES)

INVESTMENT 
CONTRACT 
LIABILITIES

TOTAL

Balance, beginning of year

333

24

26

Total gains (losses)

In net earnings

In other comprehensive 

income [1]

Purchases

Sales

Settlements

Transferred to owner-

occupied properties

Other

Transfers out of Level 3

Balance, end of year

6

–

33

–

(1)

–

–

–

1

–

–

–

–

–

(285)

86

(24)

1

–

–

8

(13)

(1)

–

–

(1)

19

1

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

1

4,288

262

56

127

(98)

–

(13)

(9)

–

(16)

(25)

–

1

–

14

–

–

–

4,613

(26)

21

(30)

4,647

1

–

–

(22)

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

2

–

244

57

169

(133)

12

(13)

(7)

(310)

(28)

4,666

[1]  Amount of other comprehensive income for investment properties represents the unrealized gains on foreign exchange.

Transfers out of Level 3 are due primarily to increased observability of inputs in valuation methodologies as evidenced by corroboration of market prices with 

multiple pricing vendors or the lifting of redemption restrictions on investments in mutual funds and segregated funds.

The following table sets out information about significant unobservable inputs used at period end in measuring financial assets and financial liabilities 

categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.

T YPE OF ASSET

VALUATION APPROACH

SIGNIFICANT
UNOBSERVABLE INPUT

INPUT VALUE

Investment properties

Investment property valuations 
are generally determined using 
property valuation models based 
on expected capitalization 
rates and models that discount 
expected future net cash flows. 
The determination of the fair 
value of investment property 
requires the use of estimates 
such as future cash flows (such 
as future leasing assumptions, 
rental rates, capital and 
operating expenditures) and 
discount, reversionary and overall 
capitalization rates applicable 
to the asset based on current 
market rates.

Discount rate

Range of 3.5% – 10.5%

Reversionary rate

Range of 5.3% – 8.3%

Vacancy rate

Weighted average of 2.5%

INTER-RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN KEY 
UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS AND  
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

A decrease in the discount rate 
would result in an increase in 
fair value. 

An increase in the discount rate 
would result in a decrease in 
fair value.

A decrease in the reversionary 
rate would result in an increase 
in fair value.

An increase in the reversionary 
rate would result in a decrease in 
fair value.

A decrease in the expected 
vacancy rate would generally 
result in an increase in fair value.

An increase in the expected 
vacancy rate would generally 
result in a decrease in fair value.

104 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 27  OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

Balance, beginning of year

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Balance, end of year

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

Balance, beginning of year

Prior period adjustment [Note 33]

Restated balance, beginning of year

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Other

Restated balance, end of year

ITEMS THAT MAY BE RECL ASSIFIED 
SUBSEQUENTLY TO NET EARNINGS

ITEMS THAT WILL NOT BE 
RECL ASSIFIED TO NET EARNINGS

INVESTMENT 
REVALUATION 
AND CASH 
FLOW HEDGES

FOREIGN 
CURRENCY 
TRANSL ATION

SHARE OF 
JOINTLY 
CONTROLLED 
CORPORATIONS 
AND ASSOCIATES

AC TUARIAL 
GAIN (LOSSES) 
ON DEFINED 
BENEFIT 
PENSION PL ANS

SHARE OF 
JOINTLY 
CONTROLLED 
CORPORATIONS 
AND ASSOCIATES

(49)

61

12

263

403

666

327

(86)

241

(179)

(300)

(479)

(25)

(25)

(50)

ITEMS THAT MAY BE RECL ASSIFIED 
SUBSEQUENTLY TO NET EARNINGS

ITEMS THAT WILL NOT BE 
RECL ASSIFIED TO NET EARNINGS

INVESTMENT 
REVALUATION
 AND CASH 
FLOW HEDGES

FOREIGN 
CURRENCY 
TRANSL ATION

SHARE OF 
JOINTLY 
CONTROLLED 
CORPORATIONS 
AND ASSOCIATES

AC TUARIAL 
GAIN (LOSSES) 
ON DEFINED 
BENEFIT 
PENSION PL ANS

SHARE OF 
JOINTLY 
CONTROLLED 
CORPORATIONS 
AND ASSOCIATES

78

–

78

(128)

1

(49)

(302)

7

(295)

556

2

263

76

–

76

251

–

327

(475)

–

(475)

292

4

(179)

(44)

–

(44)

19

–

(25)

TOTAL

337

53

390

TOTAL

(667)

7

(660)

990

7

337

NOTE 28  EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and the denominators used in the computations of earnings per share:

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,

EARNINGS

Net earnings attributable to shareholders

Dividends on perpetual preferred shares

Net earnings attributable to common shareholders

Dilutive effect of subsidiaries

Net earnings adjusted for dilutive effect

NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES (MILLIONS)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – Basic

Potential exercise of outstanding stock options

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – Diluted

NET EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

Basic

Diluted

2014

2013

2,268

(132)

2,136

(3)

2,133

711.3

0.7

712.0

3.00

3.00

2,027

(131)

1,896

(28)

1,868

710.8

0.4

711.2

2.67

2.63

For 2014, 2,713,742 stock options (141,415 in 2013) have been excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share as they were anti-dilutive.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 105

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 29  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

P R I N C I PA L S U B S I D I A R I E S A N D  J O I N T  V E N T U R E

The financial statements of Power Financial include the operations of the following subsidiaries and joint venture:

CORPORATIONS

Great-West Lifeco Inc.

The Great-West Life Assurance Company

London Life Insurance Company

The Canada Life Assurance Company

Irish Life Group Limited

INCORPORATED IN

PRIMARY BUSINESS OPERATION

Canada

Canada

Canada

Canada

Ireland

Financial services holding company

Insurance and wealth management

Insurance and wealth management

Insurance and wealth management

Insurance and wealth management

Great-West Life & Annuity Insurance Company

United States

Insurance and wealth management

Putnam Investments, LLC [1]

United States

IGM Financial Inc.

Investors Group Inc.

Mackenzie Financial Corporation

Parjointco N.V. (joint venture)

Pargesa Holding SA

Canada

Canada

Canada

Netherlands

Switzerland

Financial services

Financial services

Financial services

Financial services

Holding company

Holding company

[1]  Lifeco holds 100% of the voting shares and 95.2% of the total outstanding shares.

% EQUIT Y INTEREST

2014

67.2

100

100

100

100

100

95.2

58.8

100

100

50

55.5

2013

67.0

100

100

100

100

100

95.6

58.6

100

100

50

55.6

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  Power  Financial  and  its  subsidiaries 

T R A N S AC T I O N S  W I T H  R E L AT E D   PA R T I E S

enter into various transactions; subsidiaries provide insurance benefits, 

During  2014,  IGM  sold  residential  mortgage  loans  to  Great-West  Life, 

sub-advisory  services,  distribution  of  insurance  products  and/or  other 

London Life and segregated funds maintained by London Life for $184 million 

administrative  services  to  other  subsidiaries  of  the  group  and  to  the 

($204 million in 2013).

Corporation. In all cases, these transactions are in the normal course of 

operations and have been recorded at fair value. Balances and transactions 

between the Corporation and its subsidiaries have been eliminated on 

consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. Details of other transactions 

between the Corporation and related parties are disclosed below.

Lifeco provides asset management and administrative services for employee 

benefit plans relating to pension and other post-employment benefits for 

employees of Power Financial, and Lifeco and its subsidiaries.

On January 6, 2015, the Corporation increased its tax loss consolidation 

transactions with IGM. The Corporation acquired $330 million of 4.50% 

secured debentures of IGM. As sole consideration for the debentures a wholly 

owned subsidiary of Power Financial issued $330 million of 4.51% preferred 

shares to IGM. The Corporation has legally enforceable rights to settle these 

financial instruments on a net basis and the Corporation intends to exercise 

these rights.

106 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 29  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

K E Y M A N AG E M E N T  C O M P E N S AT I O N

Key management personnel are those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Corporation, 

directly or indirectly. The persons included in the key management personnel are the members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, as well as certain 

management executives of the Corporation and its subsidiaries.

The following table describes all compensation paid to, awarded to, or earned by each of the key management personnel for services rendered in all capacities 

to the Corporation and its subsidiaries:

YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31

Compensation and employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

2014

17

9

11

37

2013

19

9

9

37

NOTE 30  CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

The Corporation and its subsidiaries are from time to time subject to legal 

On October 17, 2012, a subsidiary of Lifeco, Putnam Advisory Company, LLC, 

actions, including arbitrations and class actions, arising in the normal course 

received an administrative complaint from the Massachusetts Securities 

of business. It is inherently difficult to predict the outcome of any of these 

Division in relation to that subsidiary’s role as collateral manager of two 

proceedings with certainty, and it is possible that an adverse resolution 

collateralized debt obligations. On May 1, 2014 Putnam Advisory Company, LLC, 

could have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position of 

reached a settlement with the Massachusetts Securities Division in relation 

the Corporation. However, based on information presently known, it is not 

to its administrative complaint. In addition, that same subsidiary was a 

expected that any of the existing legal actions, either individually or in the 

defendant in two civil litigation matters brought by institutions involved 

aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial 

in those collateralized debt obligations. In the third quarter of 2013, one 

position of the Corporation. Actual results could differ from the best estimates 

of the civil litigation matters was dismissed. On April 28, 2014, the second 

of the Corporation’s and its subsidiaries’ management.

civil litigation matter was dismissed. On July 2, 2014, the complainant in the 

L I F E C O

second civil litigation matter filed an appeal of the dismissal. The resolution 

of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the consolidated 

A subsidiary of Lifeco, Canada Life, has declared four partial windups in 

financial position of Lifeco.

respect of an Ontario defined benefit pension plan. The partial windups will 

involve the distribution of the amount of actuarial surplus attributable to 

the windups. A settlement of the class action proceeding commenced in 

Ontario relating to the partial windups received court approval in 2014. The 

settlement remains subject to regulatory approval. The provisions for certain 

Canadian retirement plans have been adjusted to $26 million after taxes as 

at December 31, 2014.

In connection with the acquisition of its subsidiary Putnam, Lifeco has an 

indemnity from a third party against liabilities arising from certain litigation 

and regulatory actions involving Putnam. Putnam continues to have potential 

liability for these matters in the event the indemnity is not honoured. Lifeco 

expects the indemnity will continue to be honoured and that any liability 

of Putnam would not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated 

financial position.

Lifeco and its subsidiaries London Life and Great-West Life are defendants in 

class proceedings in Ontario regarding the participation of the London Life 

and Great-West Life participating accounts in the financing of the acquisition 

of London Insurance Group Inc. in 1997 by Great-West Life. The Court of 

Appeal for Ontario released a decision on February 3, 2014 overturning 

the January 24, 2013 decision of the Ontario Superior Court of Justice and 

reducing the amount to be reallocated to the participating account surplus 

to $52 million, which positively impacted Lifeco’s common shareholders’ net 

earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013 by $226 million. On September 4, 

2014, the Supreme Court of Canada dismissed, with costs, the plaintiffs’ 

application for leave to appeal the February 3, 2014 decision of the Court of 

Appeal for Ontario. There will not be any impact on the capital position of 

Lifeco or on participating policy contract terms and conditions.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

107

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 31  COMMITMENTS AND GUARANTEES

G UA R A N T E E S

I N V E S T M E N T  C O M M I T M E N T S

In the normal course of operations, the Corporation and its subsidiaries 

With respect to Lifeco, commitments of investment transactions made in the 

execute agreements that provide for indemnifications to third parties in 

normal course of operations in accordance with policies and guidelines and 

transactions such as business dispositions, business acquisitions, loans and 

that are to be disbursed upon fulfilment of certain contract conditions were 

securitization transactions. The Corporation and its subsidiaries have also 

$591 million as at December 31, 2014 ($466 million as at December 31, 2013). At 

agreed to indemnify their directors and certain of their officers. The nature of 

December 31, 2014, the full amount of $591 million will mature within 1 year (at 

these agreements precludes the possibility of making a reasonable estimate 

December 31, 2013, $466 million was to mature within 1 year).

of the maximum potential amount the Corporation and its subsidiaries 

could be required to pay third parties as the agreements often do not specify 

a maximum amount and the amounts are dependent on the outcome of 

future contingent events, the nature and likelihood of which cannot be 

determined. Historically, the Corporation has not made any payments under 

such indemnification agreements. No amounts have been accrued related 

to these agreements.

L E T T E R S O F C R E D I T

I N V E S T E D  A S S E T S  O N  D E P O S I T   
F O R  R E I N S U R A N C E  AG R E E M E N T S

As at December 31, 2014, Lifeco has $598 million ($582 million at December 31, 

2013)  of  invested  assets  maintained  on  deposit  in  respect  of  certain 

reinsurance agreements. Lifeco retains all rights to the cash flows on these 

assets, however, the investment policies for these assets are governed by the 

terms of the reinsurance agreements.

Letters of credit are written commitments provided by a bank. For Lifeco, 

C O M M I T M E N T S

the  total  amount  of  letter  of  credit  facilities  is  US$3.0  billion,  of  which 

US$2.6 billion were issued as of December 31, 2014.

The Reinsurance operation periodically uses letters of credit as collateral 

under certain reinsurance contracts for on-balance sheet policy liabilities.

The Corporation and its subsidiaries enter into operating leases for office 

space and certain equipment used in the normal course of operations. Lease 

payments are charged to operations over the period of use. The future 

minimum lease payments in aggregate and by year are as follows:

Future lease payments

2015

165

2016

146

2017

123

2018

98

2019

61

2020 AND 
THEREAFTER

120

TOTAL

713

NOTE 32  SEGMENTED INFORMATION

The Corporation’s reportable operating segments are Lifeco, IGM Financial 

The Corporate column is comprised of corporate activities of Power Financial 

and  Parjointco.  These  reportable  segments  reflect  Power  Financial’s 

and also includes consolidation elimination entries.

management structure and internal financial reporting. The following 

provides a brief description of the three reportable operating segments:

The accounting policies of the operating segments are those described in 

Note 2 – Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

>  Lifeco is a financial service holding company with subsidiaries offering life 

of these financial statements.

insurance, health insurance, retirement and investment management 

services and engaged in the asset management and reinsurance businesses 

primarily in Canada, the United States and Europe.

The  Corporation  evaluates  the  per formance  based  on  the  operating 

segment’s contribution to net earnings. Revenues and assets are attributed 

to geographic areas based on the point of origin of revenues and the location 

>  IGM Financial is a financial services company operating in Canada primarily 

of assets. The contribution to net earnings of each segment is calculated 

within the advice segment of the financial services market. IGM earns 

after taking into account the investment Lifeco and IGM have in each other.

revenues  from  a  range  of  sources,  but  primarily  from  management 

fees, which are charged to its mutual funds for investment advisory and 

management services. IGM also earns revenues from fees charged to its 

mutual funds for administrative services.

>  Parjointco holds the Corporation’s interest in Pargesa, a holding company 

with diversified interests in Europe-based companies active in various 

sectors: minerals-based specialties for industry; cement, aggregates 

and concrete; oil, gas and alternative energies; testing, inspection and 

certification, wines and spirits; electricity, natural gas, and energy and 

environmental services; and water and waste management services.

108 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 32  SEGMENTED INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

I N F O R M AT I O N O N C O N T R I B U T I O N  TO  N E T   E A R N I N G S

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014

LIFECO

IGM

PARJOINTCO

CORPORATE

TOTAL

REVENUES

Premium income, net

Investment income, net

Fee income

EXPENSES

Total paid or credited to policyholders

Commissions

Operating and administrative expenses

Financing charges

Share of earnings of investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates

Earnings before income taxes

Income taxes

Contribution to net earnings

Attributable to

Non-controlling interests

Perpetual preferred shareholders

Common shareholders

I N F O R M AT I O N  O N  A S S E T S  A N D   L I A B I L I T I E S

DECEMBER 31, 2014

Goodwill

Total assets

Total liabilities

21,222

13,513

4,422

39,157

29,160

2,084

4,244

304

35,792

3,365

24

3,389

628

2,761

1,052

–

1,709

2,761

–

165

2,762

2,927

–

993

877

92

1,962

965

–

965

203

762

317

–

445

762

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

187

187

–

187

–

–

187

187

–

(115)

(194)

(309)

21,222

13,563

6,990

41,775

–

29,160

(176)

41

17

(118)

(191)

–

(191)

3

(194)

(121)

132

(205)

(194)

2,901

5,162

413

37,636

4,139

211

4,350

834

3,516

1,248

132

2,136

3,516

LIFECO

IGM

PARJOINTCO

CORPORATE

TOTAL

6,315

356,770

334,812

2,834

13,801

9,576

–

2,440

–

–

832

553

9,149

373,843

344,941

I N F O R M AT I O N  O N  TOTA L  A S S E T S  A N D   TOTA L  R E V E N U E S

DECEMBER 31, 2014

CANADA

UNITED STATES

EUROPE

TOTAL

Invested assets (including cash and cash equivalents)

Investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates

Investments on account of segregated fund policyholders

Other assets

Goodwill and intangible assets

Total assets

Total revenues

73,206

36,198

45,427

154,831

–

68,372

4,084

10,226

–

31,030

3,613

2,061

2,677

75,564

19,026

2,359

2,677

174,966

26,723

14,646

155,888

72,902

145,053

373,843

20,043

7,551

14,181

41,775

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT 109

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 32  SEGMENTED INFORMATION (CONTINUED)

I N F O R M AT I O N O N C O N T R I B U T I O N  TO  N E T   E A R N I N G S

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2013

LIFECO

IGM

PARJOINTCO

CORPORATE

TOTAL

REVENUES

Premium income, net

Investment income, net

Fee income

EXPENSES

Total paid or credited to policyholders

Commissions

Operating and administrative expenses

Financing charges

Share of earnings of investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates

Earnings before income taxes

Income taxes

Contribution to net earnings

Attributable to

Non-controlling interests

Perpetual preferred shareholders

Common shareholders

20,236

2,605

3,585

26,426

17,811

1,869

3,693

292

–

177

2,513

2,690

–

886

730

92

23,665

1,708

2,761

20

2,781

463

2,318

776

–

1,542

2,318

982

–

982

211

771

326

–

445

771

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

114

114

–

114

–

–

114

114

–

20,236

(121)

(165)

(286)

2,661

5,933

28,830

–

17,811

(165)

51

16

(98)

(188)

–

(188)

4

(192)

(118)

131

(205)

(192)

2,590

4,474

400

25,275

3,555

134

3,689

678

3,011

984

131

1,896

3,011

I N F O R M AT I O N O N A S S E T S  A N D   L I A B I L I T I E S

DECEMBER 31, 2013 [NOTE 33]

LIFECO

IGM

PARJOINTCO

CORPORATE

TOTAL

Goodwill

Total assets

Total liabilities

6,272

325,946

306,046

2,833

12,340

8,173

–

2,437

–

–

959

529

9,105

341,682

314,748

I N F O R M AT I O N O N TOTA L  A S S E T S  A N D   TOTA L  R E V E N U E S

DECEMBER 31, 2013

CANADA

UNITED STATES

EUROPE

TOTAL

Invested assets (including cash and cash equivalents)

Investments in jointly controlled corporations and associates

Investments on account of segregated fund policyholders

Other assets [Note 33]

Goodwill and intangible assets

Total assets

Total revenues

67,129

31,206

40,919

139,254

–

62,204

3,650

10,158

–

28,168

3,327

1,828

2,664

70,407

17,622

2,400

2,664

160,779

24,599

14,386

143,141

64,529

134,012

341,682

15,211

5,231

8,388

28,830

110 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

NOTE 33  PRIOR PERIOD ADJUSTMENT

During the year, Lifeco corrected an error that occurred in 2008 that resulted 

accounting value and the tax book value. The nature of this error is such that 

from the impairment charge recorded against the goodwill associated with 

it was not material to the period to which it relates; however, correcting the 

the Putnam acquisition. Specifically, Lifeco’s tax affected the entire goodwill 

error in the year ended December 31, 2014 would have distorted net earnings. 

impairment charge when there was a permanent difference between the tax 

The Corporation corrected the error by decreasing equity at January 1, 2013.

The Corporation corrected the error retrospectively which resulted in the impact to the following amounts previously reported at:

ASSETS

Deferred tax assets

LIABILITIES

Deferred tax liabilities

EQUITY

Retained earnings

Reserves–other comprehensive income (loss) [1]

Non-controlling interest

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Total comprehensive income

AS AT JANUARY 1, 20 13

AS AT DECEMBER 31, 20 13

AMOUNT 
PREVIOUSLY 
REPORTED

PRIOR PERIOD 
ADJUSTMENT

RESTATED
BAL ANCE

AMOUNT 
PREVIOUSLY 
REPORTED

PRIOR PERIOD 
ADJUSTMENT

RESTATED
BAL ANCE

1,223

(158)

1,065

1,240

(29)

1,211

1,018

–

1,018

1,079

140

1,219

11,201

(667)

10,102

(119)

11,082

12,204

(119)

12,085

7

(46)

(660)

338

10,056

10,990

(1)

(49)

337

10,941

4,323

(11)

4,312

[1]  The adjustments to other comprehensive income (loss) and to total comprehensive income arise from unrealized foreign exchange gains (losses) on translation of 

foreign operations.

The adjustment had no impact on net earnings or earnings per share for the periods presented within these financial statements.

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

111

INDEPENDENT AUDITOR’S REPORT

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Power Financial Corporation, which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as 

at December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and the consolidated statements of earnings, statements of comprehensive income, statements of changes in 

equity and statements of cash flows for the years then ended and a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

M A N AG E M E N T ’ S  R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y  F O R  T H E   C O N S O L I DAT E D  F I N A N C I A L S TAT E M E N T S

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial 

Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated financial statements 

that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

AU D I TO R ’ S R E S P O N S I B I L I T Y

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with 

Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audits to 

obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures 

selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether 

due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of 

the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing 

an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the 

reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

O P I N I O N

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Power Financial Corporation as at 

December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, and its financial performance and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with International Financial 

Reporting Standards.

Signed,

Deloitte LLP 1

March 18, 2015 

Montréal, Québec

1  CPA auditor, CA, public accountancy permit No. A104630

112 POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION

FIVE-YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

DECEMBER 31
[IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLL ARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS] (UNAUDITED)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Cash and cash equivalents
Total assets [2]
Shareholders’ equity [2]

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

REVENUES

Premium income, net

Investment income, net

Fee income

EXPENSES

Total paid or credited to policyholders

Commissions

Operating and administrative expenses

Financing charges

Share of earnings (losses) of investments in  

jointly controlled corporations and associates

Earnings before income taxes – continuing operations

Income taxes

Net earnings – continuing operations

Net earnings – discontinued operations

Net earnings

Attributable to

Non-controlling interests

Perpetual preferred shareholders

Common shareholders

PER SHARE
Operating earnings attributable to common shareholders [3]

Net earnings attributable to common shareholders from discontinued operations

Net earnings attributable to common shareholders

Dividends declared on common shares
Book value at year-end [2]

MARKET PRICE (COMMON SHARES)

High

Low

Year-end

2014

2013

2012

2011 [1]

2010 [1]

3,989
373,843
17,019

4,344
341,682
15,993

3,313
268,586
13,563

3,385
252,678
13,521

3,656
244,644
12,811

21,222
13,563
6,990
41,775

29,160
2,901
5,162
413
37,636
4,139

211
4,350
834
3,516
–
3,516

1,248
132
2,136
3,516

2.96
–
3.00
1.40
20.29

36.70
30.14
36.18

20,236
2,661
5,933
28,830

17,811
2,590
4,474
400
25,275
3,555

134
3,689
678
3,011
–
3,011

984
131
1,896
3,011

2.40
–
2.67
1.40
18.61

36.79
27.02
36.00

19,257
8,375
5,302
32,934

22,875
2,487
3,806
409
29,577
3,357

130
3,487
559
2,928
–
2,928

1,193
117
1,618
2,928

2.37
–
2.29
1.40
15.95

30.15
24.06
27.24

17,293
9,764
5,343
32,400

23,043
2,312
3,006
409
28,770
3,630

(20)
3,610
706
2,904
63
2,967

1,141
104
1,722
2,967

2.44
0.05
2.43
1.40
16.26

31.98
23.62
25.54

17,748
9,600
5,174
32,522

23,225
2,216
3,837
432
29,710
2,812

121
2,933
523
2,410
2
2,412

845
99
1,468
2,412

2.30
–
2.08
1.40
15.26

34.23
27.00
30.73

[1]  The 2011 and 2010 figures have not been adjusted to reflect current year reclassifications and new and revised IFRS adopted on January 1, 2013.

[2]  Comparative figures have been restated as described in Note 33.

[3]  Operating earnings per share is a non-IFRS financial measure. Please refer to the reconciliation of non-IFRS financial measures to financial measures in accordance 

with IFRS in the Review of Financial Performance.

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

[IN MILLIONS OF CANADIAN DOLL ARS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS] (UNAUDITED)

2014

First quarter

Second quarter

Third quarter

Fourth quarter

2013

First quarter

Second quarter

Third quarter

Fourth quarter

TOTAL 
REVENUES

NET 
EARNINGS

NET EARNINGS 
AT TRIBUTABLE 
TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS

EARNINGS 
PER SHARE 
AT TRIBUTABLE 
TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS 
– BASIC

EARNINGS 
PER SHARE 
AT TRIBUTABLE 
TO COMMON 
SHAREHOLDERS 
– DILUTED

10,584
10,716
9,134
11,341

8,150
4,236
7,803
8,641

799
911
965
841

692
780
744
795

467
568
595
506

394
475
434
593

0.66
0.80
0.83
0.71

0.55
0.67
0.61
0.84

POWER FINANCIAL CORPOR ATION(cid:18)2014 ANNUAL REPORT

0.66
0.80
0.83
0.71

0.55
0.67
0.61
0.84

113

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

MARC A. BIBEAUŒ[1]
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
Beauward Shopping Centres Ltd.

ANDRÉ DESMARAIS, O.C., O.Q.Œ[4]
Executive Co-Chairman of the Corporation 
and Deputy Chairman, President and 
Co-Chief Executive Officer,
Power Corporation of Canada 

PAUL DESMARAIS, JR., O.C., O.Q.Œ[4]
Executive Co-Chairman of the Corporation 
and Chairman and Co-Chief Executive Officer, 
Power Corporation of Canada 

GÉRALD FRÈREŒ[2, 3]
Managing Director, 
Frère-Bourgeois S.A.

ANTHONY R. GRAHAM, LL.D.Œ[4]
Vice-Chairman, Wittington Investments, Limited

V. PETER HARDER, LL.D.Œ[2, 3]
Senior Policy Adviser, 
Dentons Canada LLP

J. DAVID A. JACKSON, LL.B.
Senior Counsel, 
Blake, Cassels & Graydon LLP

R. JEFFREY ORR
President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation

LOUISE ROY, O.C., O.Q.
Invited Fellow and Chair of the Board, 
Centre interuniversitaire de recherche en analyse 
des organisations 

RAYMOND ROYER, O.C., O.Q., FCPA, FCAŒ[1, 2, 3, 4]
Company Director

T. TIMOTHY RYAN, JR.
Company Director

EMŐKE J.E. SZATHMÁRY, C.M., O.M., PH.D., FRSCŒ[1]
President Emeritus,  
University of Manitoba

DIRECTORS EMERITUS

JAMES W. BURNS, O.C., O.M.

THE HONOURABLE P. MICHAEL PITFIELD, P.C., Q.C.

[1]

MEMBER OF THE AUDIT COMMIT TEE

[2]  MEMBER OF THE COMPENSATION COMMIT TEE

[3]  MEMBER OF THE REL ATED PART Y AND   

CONDUC T RE VIE W COMMIT TEE

[4]  MEMBER OF THE GOVERNANCE AND   

NOMINATING COMMIT TEE

114 POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION(cid:18) 2014 ANNUAL REPORT

OFFICERS

PAUL DESMARAIS, JR., O.C., O.Q.
Executive Co-Chairman

ANDRÉ DESMARAIS, O.C., O.Q.
Executive Co-Chairman

R. JEFFREY ORR
President and Chief Executive Officer

MICHEL PLESSIS-BÉLAIR, FCPA, FCA
Vice-Chairman

HENRI-PAUL ROUSSEAU, PH.D.
Vice-Chairman

AMAURY DE SEZE
Vice-Chairman

GREGORY D. TRETIAK, FCA
Executive Vice-President 
and Chief Financial Officer

CLAUDE GÉNÉREUX
Executive Vice-President 

ARNAUD VIAL
Senior Vice-President

OLIVIER DESMARAIS
Vice-President

PAUL DESMARAIS III
Vice-President

JOCELYN LEFEBVRE, CPA, C.A.
Managing Director, 
Power Financial Europe B.V.

DENIS LE VASSEUR, CPA, C.A.
Vice-President and Controller

STÉPHANE LEMAY
Vice-President, 
General Counsel and Secretary

RICHARD PAN
Vice-President

LUC RENY, CFA
Vice-President

PHILIPPE MARTIN
Treasurer

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION(cid:18) 2014 ANNUAL REPORT

115

CORPORATE INFORMATION 

POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION 

751 Victoria Square

Montréal, Québec, Canada  H2Y 2J3

514-286-7430

161 Bay Street, Suite 5000 

Toronto, Ontario, Canada  M5J 2S1

www.powerfinancial.com

This document is also available on the Corporation’s website  

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

Computershare Investor Services Inc. 

STOCK LISTINGS

Shares of Power Financial Corporation are listed on the 

Toronto Stock Exchange:

COMMON SHARES: PWF

FIRST PREFERRED SHARES: 

Series A:  PWF.PR.A

Series L:  PWF.PR.L

Offices in: 

Montréal, Québec; Toronto, Ontario

www.computershare.com 

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

Shareholders with questions relating to the payment of 

dividends, change of address and share certificates should 

Series D:  PWF.PR.E

Series E:  PWF.PR.F

Series F:  PWF.PR.G

Series H:  PWF.PR.H

Series I:  PWF.PR.I

Series K:  PWF.PR.K

Series O:  PWF.PR.O

Series P:  PWF.PR.P

Series R:  PWF.PR.R

Series S:  PWF.PR.S

Series T:  PWF.PR.T

contact the Transfer Agent:

Computershare Investor Services Inc.  

Shareholder Services  

100 University Avenue, 8th Floor  

Toronto, Ontario, Canada  M5J 2Y1  

Telephone: 1-800-564-6253 (toll-free in Canada and the U.S.)  

or 514-982-7555  

www.computershare.com

The trademarks contained in this repor t are owned by 

Power Financial Corporation or a member of the Power Corporation 

Group of Companies™. Trademarks that are not owned by 

Power  Financial  Corporation are used with permission.

116 POWER FINANCIAL CORPORATION(cid:18) 2014 ANNUAL REPORT

DE SIG N: A R D O ISE.COM

2

0

1

4

A

N

N

U

A

L

R

E

P

O

R

T

P

O

W

E

R

F

I

N

A

N

C

I

A

L

C

O

R

P

O

R

A

T

I

O

N

A
D
A
N
A
C
N

I

D
E
T
N

I

R
P